Ava Engineering Field Manual

ava Drilling Fluids & Services
Engineering Field
Manual
ava S.p.A.
Via Salaria, 1313/C
00138 Rome, Italy
Tel: +39 06 8856111
Email: [email protected]
Internet: www.avaspa.it
Version 1
November 2004
This manual is provided without warranty of any kind, either expressed or
implied. The information contained in this manual is believed to be
accurate, however AVA S.p.A, Newpark Drilling Fluids, LLC and any of
its affiliates, will not be held liable for any damages, whether direct or
indirect which result from the use of any information contained herein.
Furthermore, nothing contained herein shall be construed as a
recommendation to use any product in conflict with existing patents
covering any materials or uses.
DRILLING FLUID
TEST PROCEDURES
SECTION I
Issue 1: November 2004 Page 1

Rev. 0
Issue 1: November 2004 Page 2
Rev. 0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. WATER BASED FLUIDS

1.1 ALKALINITY................................................................................... 6
1.2 AMMONIUM SULFATE .................................................................. 11
1.3 M.B.T. ............................................................................................... 12
1.4 CHLORIDES..................................................................................... 14
1.5 LIQUID AND SOLIDS CONTENT (RETORT)................................. 15
1.6 FILTRATION TESTS........................................................................ 18
1.7 FUNNEL VISCOSITY ...................................................................... 22
1.8 HYDROGEN ION DETERMINATION (pH)..................................... 23
1.9 HYDROGEN SULFIDE CONCENTRATION ................................... 24
1.10 H2SCAVENGING ABILITY AND ZINC CARBONATE ................ 27
1.11 MUD DENSITY .............................................................................. 31
1.12 NITRATE ION CONCENTRATION ............................................... 32
1.13 POLYACRYLAMIDE CONCENTRATION.................................... 33
1.14 POTASSIUM ION ANALYSIS ....................................................... 34
1.15 RHEOLOGICAL MEASUREMENTS ............................................. 37
1.16 SAND CONTENT ........................................................................... 40
1.17 SULFATE ION CONCENTRATION............................................... 41
1.18 SULFITE ION CONCENTRATION ................................................ 43
1.19 TOTAL and CALCIUM HARDNESS .............................................. 44
1.20 LIME CONTENT ............................................................................ 46
1.21 TRU – WATE MUD BALANCE ..................................................... 47
2. OIL BASED FLUIDS

2.1 WHOLE MUD ALKALINITY........................................................... 50
2.2 WHOLE MUD CALCIUM ................................................................ 51
2.3 WHOLE MUD CHLORIDES ............................................................ 52
2.4 DENSITY.......................................................................................... 53
2.5 EMULSION STABILITY.................................................................. 55
2.6 HT/HP FILTRATION........................................................................ 56
2.7 RETORT ANALYSIS (O/W ratio) ..................................................... 58
2.8 LIME AND SALINITY ..................................................................... 60
2.9 OIL/WATER RATIO AND SOLIDS ................................................. 62
2.10 RHEOLOGY ................................................................................... 64
2.11 ACTIVITY MEASUREMENTS ...................................................... 65
Issue 1: November 2004 Table of Contents

Rev. 0 Page 3
3. COMPLETION FLUIDS
3.1 DENSITY.......................................................................................... 68
3.2 TURBIDITY...................................................................................... 69
3.3 CRYSTALLIZATION TEMPERATURE........................................... 70
3.4 CHEMICAL ANALYSIS................................................................... 71
4. AVA FLUID SYSTEMS

4.1 AVAGLYCO, AVAGLYCO MP ....................................................... 76
4.2 AVAPOLYSIL, AVASILIX, AVASHALESTOP/ACT,
AVAEASYDRILL............................................................................ 78
4.3 AVACLAYBLOCK, AVAFASTDRILL, AVASHALESTOP,
AVAPOLYMER 5050 ...................................................................... 79
4.4 AVADES 100 .................................................................................... 80
4.5 AVAPOLYOIL (DEEPDRILL™)...................................................... 82
4.6 AVABIOLUBE ................................................................................. 83
4.7 DEOXY DEHA ................................................................................. 84
Issue 1: November 2004 Table of Contents

Rev. 0 Page 4
-1-
WATER BASED FLUIDS
Issue 1: November 2004 WBM Analysis

Rev. 0 Page 5
1.1 ALKALINITY
Acidity is one measure of alkalinity that is indicated by pH. However, the nature and amount of
other ions such as carbonate or bicarbonate can also affect mud filtrates alkalinity. For fresh water
mud systems these ions can be indicative of the rheological stability of such mud systems.
Concentrations of either ion can result in high, low shear rate viscosity (yield point) and high,
progressive gel strengths. Three methods can be employed for the determination of carbonate and
bicarbonate concentration. The very common Pf/Mf method is restricted to mud systems having a
low organic content whereas the P1/P2 method or the Garrett Gas Train may be used for better, more
quantitative analysis, especially in the systems with high organic content.
A. Pf/Mf Method:
Equipment:
1. Phenolphthalein indicator
2. Bromocresol green indicator
(or methyl orange or methyl red indicators)
3. Distilled water
4. Sulfuric acid N/50 (0.02N)
5. Beaker, 100 ml
6. Stirrer + Stirring rod
7. Graduated pipette (1 ml)
Test Procedures:
1. Using a 1 ml pipette, measure 1 ml of filtrate into a titration vessel.

2. Add 2 to 3 drops of phenolphthalein indicator.
- If no colour change occurs, then Pf = 0.0 ⇒ continue to step 4
- If a pink or red colour develops, Pf > 0.0 ⇒ continue to step 3
3. Using a pipette, add N/50 sulfuric acid continuously while stirring or stirring until the sample
changes from pink to colourless, (or original filtrate tint). The number of ml of N/50 sulfuric
acid required to reach this point is recorded as the Pf value.
4. To the sample, which has been titrated to the Pf end point, add 2-3 drops of bromocresol
indicator to obtain a light blue colour. Continue titrating with stirring until the colour changes
from light blue to apple green, (pH = 4.0-4.5). This end point, which includes the number of ml
required to obtain the Pf end point is recorded as the Mf end point.
NOTE: If methyl orange (or methyl red) indicator is used for Mf determination, then color
change at end point is yellow to orange/red.
Endpoint of titration is not a net change of color and cannot be determined in a correct
manner if filtrate is coloured.

Rev. 0 Page 6
Calculations:
Use the following table to estimate the carbonate (CO3-2), bicarbonate (HCO3-), or hydroxyl (OH-),
present in the mud filtrate.
Bicarbonate Carbonate Hydroxyl

Pf/Mf Relation
(mg/L HCO3-) (mg/L CO3-2) (mg/L OH-)
Pf = 0 1220⋅Mf 0 0
Pf = Mf 0 0 340⋅Mf
2Pf = Mf 0 1200⋅Pf 0
2Pf > Mf 0 1200⋅(Mf – Pf) 340⋅(2Pf – Mf)
2Pf < Mf 1220⋅(Mf – 2Pf) 1200⋅Pf 0
B. P1/P2 Method:
Inorganic ions such as borate, silicate, sulfide, and phosphate ions can have a real effect on drilling
mud alkalinity. Additionally, organic compounds (e.g., anionic organic thinners, fluid loss additives,
or other polymers) and their degradation by-products may also affect the determination of the
relative amounts of carbonate, bicarbonate, or hydroxyl ions in solution. The P1/P2 method
eliminates these effects.
Equipment:
1. Sodium hydroxide 0.2N
2. Barium chloride 10%
5. Beaker, 100 ml
7. Distilled water
Test Procedure:
1. Determine the Pf end point as outlined in step 1-3 of the Pf/Mf method. If the Pf = 0.0 there are
no carbonates present.
2. Place 1 ml of filtrate in a titration vessel and add 24 ml of distilled water.
3. Add a measured 2 ml of 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution to convert all bicarbonates to
carbonates. Check the pH, if it is less than 11.5, continue to add 0.1N sodium hydroxide in 1-2
ml increments until the pH exceeds 11.5. Make a record of the total amount of sodium
hydroxide added in this step.
4. Add a measured amount of barium chloride to precipitate all the possible carbonates. Add 2-4
drops of phenolphthalein solution with stirring.
5. Using a 1 ml pipette, titrate immediately to the end point with N/50 sulfuric acid. Record the
number of ml of N/50 sulfuric acid added as the P1 end point.
6. Place exactly the same amounts of 0.1N sodium hydroxide, barium chloride, and indicator into
25 ml of distilled water; titrate to the end point using N/50 sulfuric acid and record this as the
P2 end point.

Rev. 0 Page 7
Calculations:
Pf = 0.0: no carbonates present.
P1 > P2:
mg/L HCO3 = 0.0
mg/L CO3 = 1200⋅[Pf – (P1 – P2)]
mg/L OH = 340⋅(P1 – P2)
P2 > P1:
mg/L OH = 0.0
mg/L CO3 = 1200⋅Pf
mg/L HCO3 = 1220⋅(P2 – P1)
WARNING: The reagents may be hazardous to the health and safety of the user if
inappropriately handled.

Rev. 0 Page 8
C. Garrett Gas Train Method:
Either of the methods above is still subject to some error and certain situations may require yet
another method. The Garrett Gas Train separates gas from liquid, thereby preventing contamination
of the CO2 detecting Dräger tube by the liquid phase. The CO2 Dräger tube responds to the CO2
passing through it by progressively staining (purple) along its length as the hydrazine chemical and
the CO2 react causing a methyl violet indicator to turn purple. The stain length is dependent on the
amount of CO2 present and the total gas volume that passed through the tube. Consequently, for
accurate results, the gas exiting the train must first be captured in a one litre gas bag to allow the CO2
to mix uniformly with the carrier gas. Then the contents of the bag are drawn through the tube using
10 strokes of the Dräger hand pump. This will draw exactly 1 litre of gas through the tube.
Test Procedures:
1. Be sure the gas train is clean, dry and on a level surface.

2. With the regulator T-handle backed off, install and puncture a N2O gas cartridge.
3. Add 20 ml distilled water to chamber No. 1. (The chambers are numbered beginning at the
regulator).
4. Add 5 drops of octanol defoamer to chamber No. 1.
5. Install the top on the gas train and evenly hand-tighten to seal all O-rings.
6. Attach the flexible tubing from the regulator onto the dispersion tube of chamber No. 1.
7. Inject with syringe, an accurately measured sample of filtrate into chamber No. 1. See table
below.
Dräger Tube Identification

Carbonate range Sample Volume
Dräger Tube Identification Tube Factor
(mg/L) (cm3)
25 – 750 1.0 CO2 100/a 2.5*
50 – 1500 5.0 CO2 100/a 2.5*
250 – 7500 2.5 CO2 100/a 2.5*
*Tube factor applies to new tubes, CO2 100/a with scale 100 to 3000.
Old tubes use tube factor 25000.
8. Flow carrier gas through the gas train for one minute to purge the system of air. Stop gas flow.
9. Install one end of a piece of flexible tubing onto the stop cock, which is fitted directly into the
gas bag. Have the gas bag fully collapsed. Fit the other end of the tubing onto the outlet tube of
chamber No. 3.
10. Slowly inject 10 ml sulfuric acid solution into chamber No. 1 through the septum using the
syringe and needle. Gently shake gas train to mix acid with sample in chamber No. 1.
11. Open the stop cock on the gas bag. Restart nitrogen flow gently and allow the gas bag to fill.
When the bag is full, (DO NOT burst it) shut off and close the stop cock. Immediately proceed
to the next step.
12. Remove the tubing from chamber No.3 outlet tube and re-install it onto upstream end of the
CO2 0.01%/a Dräger tube. (Observe that the arrow indicates gas flow direction) Attach Dräger
hand pump to other end of Dräger tube.
13. Open stop cock on bag. With a steady hand pressure fully depress the hand pump, then release
so that the gas flows out of the bag and through the Dräger tube. Operate pump ten times. This
should essentially empty the bag.
14. Observe a purple stain on the Dräger tube if CO2 is present. Record the stain length in the units
marked on the Dräger tube.

Rev. 0 Page 9
Calculations:
F ⋅L
Carbonates (mg/L CO3-2) =
VS
Carbonates (mg/L) L = tube stain length VS = ml of sample

F = tube factor
Care and Cleaning:
To clean the gas train, remove the flexible tubing and gas train top. Wash out the chambers using a
brush with warm water and mild detergent. Use a pipe cleaner to clean the passages between the
chambers. Wash, rinse and then blow out the dispersion tube with air or nitrogen gas. Rinse the unit
with distilled water and allow draining dry.

Rev. 0 Page 10
1.2 AMMONIUM SULFATE
Test is based on a colorimetric reaction.
Equipment:
1. HACH AMMONIA NITROGEN TEST KIT (No. 1 – 8)
2. Graduated cylinder, 100 ml
4. Graduated cylinder (10 ml)
Sample Preparation:
Add 0.25 ml filtrate to the 100 ml graduated cylinder. Dilute with distilled water to the 100 ml mark.
Cover with palm of hand and invert cylinder several times. From this 100 ml solution, pipet 1.0 ml
to the 10 ml graduated cylinder. Dilute to the 10 ml mark with distilled water. Invert the cylinder
several times.
Fill one tube to white line with this solution. Fill other tube to white line with distilled water.
1. Add 3 drops of Nessler solution to each tube. Stir. Allow 10 minutes for colour development.
2. Insert the filtrate containing tube in the right opening in the top of the colour comparator.
3. Insert the distilled water sample in the left opening in the top of the colour comparator.
4. Hold the colour comparator up to a light such as the sky (preferable), a window or lamp and
view through the two openings in the front. Rotate the colour disc until a colour match is
obtained. Read the number in the scale window.
Calculation:
(NH4)2SO4 (kg/m3) = 19⋅N
Ammonium sulphate, (NH4)2SO4

N = number in scale window

Rev. 0 Page 11
1.3 MBT TEST
The methylene blue dye test, MBT, is used to determine the cation exchange capacity of the solids
present in a drilling mud. Only the reactive portions of the clays present are involved in the test and
materials such as barite, carbonates and evaporites do not affect the results of the test since these
materials do not adsorb methylene blue. The cation exchange capacities of some typical clay are:
Clay CEC (meq/100g)

Wyoming Bentonite 75
Soft Shale 45
Kaolinite 10
Drilled Cuttings 8 – 12
For bentonite based mud systems the MBT provides an indication of the amount of reactive clays
which are present in the drilling mud solids and for bentonite free, water based mud systems the
MBT reflects the reactivity of the drilled solids. The test cannot distinguish between the type of
clays but, if a reactivity for the drilled solids is known or assumed it can be used to determine the
amount of bentonite present in bentonite based systems.
Equipment:
1. Erlenmeyer flask
2. Hot plate
4. Hydrogen peroxide 3%
5. Sulfuric acid 5N (20%)
6. Methylene blue solution = 3.20 g/L
7. 10 ml pipette
8. 3 ml syringe
9. Methylene blue test filter paper (Whatmann No. 1)
10. 50 ml graduate cylinder
Test Procedure:
1. Using the completely filled 3 ml syringe, measure 2.0 ml mud sample to be tested into the
Erlenmeyer flask containing 10 – 15 ml fresh water.
2. Add l5 ml hydrogen peroxide and 12 drops 5N sulfuric acid. Swirl or stir to mix.
3. Boil gently for approximately 10 minutes and dilute with 20 ml fresh water.
4. Add methylene blue in 1.0 ml increments. After each addition swirl the flask or stir vigorously
for at least 20 seconds and remove a drop of sample on the end of the stirring rod.
5. Apply the drop to a piece of filter paper marking the drop with the amount of methylene blue
added between each increment. The approximate end point is reached when a blue ring spreads
out from the blue spot on the filter paper. At this point, without further addition of methylene
blue, swirl the flask an additional two minutes and place another drop on the filter paper. If the
blue ring is again apparent, the end point has been reached. If the ring did not appear, continue
with the methylene blue increments until a blue ring permanently forms after two additional
minutes of swirling.
NOTE: For increased accuracy, 0.5 ml increments may be used as the end point is approached.
The blue ring is more apparent on the reverse side of the filter paper from which the
drop is placed.

Rev. 0 Page 12
Calculations:
VT
Methylene blue capacity (meq/100g) =
WM
VT VT
Bentonite equivalent (ppb) = 5 ⋅ Bentonite equivalent (kg/m3) = 14.25 ⋅
VM VM
VT = ml of methylene blue solution

VM = ml of mud sample volume WM = weight of mud sample (g)
Care of reagents:
The methylene blue dye and hydrogen peroxide should be stored in a cool, dark place to extend their
life. These solutions should be replaced every four months.
Figure 1: MBT test after several methylene blue additions.
A: 2 cm3
B: 4 cm3
C: 6 cm3
D: 7 cm3
C D E: 7 cm3: after 2 minutes
F: 8 cm3
G: 8 cm3: after 2 minutes
E (end point)
F
B
A
Dyed mud solids G
Moisture Free,
Moisture unadsorbed
dye
Dyed mud solids

Rev. 0 Page 13
1.4 CHLORIDES
Chloride ions exist in a mud system as salts of sodium, magnesium, calcium or potassium. The
determination of the chloride ion present in the mud filtrate may give an indication of salt water
flows or the presence of a salt formation or stringer. In mud systems to which salt has been added,
chloride ion measurements show the amount of salinity present in the mud.
Equipment:
1. Silver nitrate solution:
- 0.1N (or 0.0282N) for low chloride concentrations
- 1N (or 0.282N) for high chloride concentrations
2. Potassium chromate indicator (5% solution)
3. Sulfuric acid (N/50)
5. Graduated pipettes (1 ml)
6. Titration beaker (100 ml)
Test Procedure:
1. Measure 1.0 ml of filtrate into a white titration beaker and dilute to convenient volume with
distilled water.
2. Add a few drops of phenolphthalein. If a pink colour develops add N/50 sulfuric acid until the
pink colour completely disappears (it is not necessary to record the volume of N/50 sulfuric
acid added)
3. Add 4 drops of potassium chromate to obtain a yellow colour.
4. Add silver nitrate while stirring until the colour changes from yellow to orange-red (brick red)
or first color change that persists for 30 seconds.
Calculations:
g/L Cl- = VT⋅3.545 g/L NaCl = VT⋅5.845 (a)
g/L Cl- = VT⋅35.45 g/L NaCl = VT⋅58.45 (b)
g/L Cl- = VT g/L NaCl = VT⋅1.65 (c)
g/L Cl- = VT⋅10 g/L NaCl = VT⋅16.5 (d)
VT = ml of Silver Nitrate: (a) = 0.1N (b) = 1.0N

(c) = 0.0282N (d) = 0.282N

Rev. 0 Page 14
1.5 LIQUID AND SOLIDS CONTENT (RETORT)
The retort apparatus is used to determine the amount and type of solids and liquids present in a
drilling mud sample. Mud is placed in the steel container and then heated until the liquid portion is
vaporized. The vapour is passed through a condenser in which it is cooled and then collected in a
graduated cylinder. The volume of the water and oil is measured as a fraction of the total mud
volume. For accurate results a true mud density should be used for calculations, an accurate air free
sample must be used and a volume correction factor should be determined for oil content if it is
present in the mud.
The correction factor, Fo, can be determined from running the retort in the manner described below
and determining the oil correction factor as the fraction of oil recovered by running the oil blank.
(For some crude oils Fo may be as low as 0.6, i.e. only 6 ml of an accurately measured 10 ml sample
were recovered).
Equipment:
1. Retort kit or Ministill (20 or 50 ml capacity)
2. Graduated cylinder, % or 20 ml or 50 ml
3. Anti seize grease
4. Spatula
5. Steel wool
Test Procedure:
1. Lift retort assembly out of insulator block. Using the spatula provided as a screw driver,
unscrew the lower mud chamber from the upper chamber. Pack the upper chamber with fine
steel wool.
2. Fill the mud chamber carefully with mud, place the levelling lid firmly onto the mud chamber
and allow excess mud to escape through the hole in the levelling lid making sure no air is
trapped below the lid or in the mud. An accurate sample volume is essential to the accuracy of
the test results.
3. Remove the levelling lid with a turning and sliding action so that mud adhering to the lid is
wiped back into the sample chamber. Wipe off any excess mud, lightly coat the threads with
the high temperature lubricant provided and screw the sample chamber into the bottom of the
upper chamber.
4. Place the retort in the insulator block and put the insulator cover in place.
5. Add a drop of wetting agent to the 10 ml, graduated cylinder and place it under the condenser
drain tube. Plug in the retort.
6. Continue heating until liquid ceases to drip from the drain tube or until the pilot light goes off.
A. Water, Oil and Solids

Calculations:
100 ⋅Vo 100 ⋅VW

%O = %W = %S = 100 – (%O + %W)
VM VM
%O = Volume % oil Vo = ml oil

%W = Volume % water Vw = ml water
%S = Volume % retort solids VM = sample volume (ml)

Rev. 0 Page 15
To calculate suspended solids, the following formula can be used:
Cl
VSS = %S – %W⋅
1680000 − 1.21⋅ Cl
VSS = Volume percent of suspended solids Cl = chlorides (mg/L)
B. Average density, HGS and LGS

Calculations:
Average density of solids is calculated:
MW ⋅100 − (%W + %O)

dA =
%S
dA = average solids density (g/cm3) MW = mud weight (g/cm3)

%O = Volume % oil %W = Volume % water
%S = Volume % retort solids
Percentage of HGS and LGS can be calculated as follows:
[(1000 ⋅ d A ) − 2500]
HGS = LGS = 1.0 – HGS
1700
HGS = Volume % of high gravity solids

LGS = Volume % low gravity solids (assume that density is 2500 kg/m3)
dA = average solids density (g/cm3)
NOTE:
1. The high gravity solids are taken to have a 4.2 SG and the low gravity solids are taken to have
a 2.5 sg.
2. The volume fraction of high and low gravity solids is determined on the basis of the total solids
volume present in the mud.
3. The volume fraction solids include both dissolved and un-dissolved solids. The dissolved
solids (as NaCl) can be approximated from the following table:

Rev. 0 Page 16
Volume Fraction Salt (as NaCl) in the Water Phase
Chloride Content (mg/L) Volume Fraction (Salt) SG
5000 0.003 1.004
10000 0.006 1.010
20000 0.012 1.021
30000 0.018 1.032
40000 0.023 1.043
60000 0.034 1.065
80000 0.045 1.082
100000 0.057 1.098
120000 0.070 1.129
140000 0.082 1.149
160000 0.095 1.170
180000 0.108 1.194
Handling and Instrument Care:
1. Use the spatula to scrape the dried mud from the mud chamber and lid to assure correct
volume.
2. Use the high temperature lubricant on the threads of the mud chamber and lid to make
dismantling easier.
3. Remove and replace any mud caked steel wool.
4. Use the pipe cleaner to clean the drain tube and condenser.
5. The retort should be cooled prior to dismantling. It is extremely hot during and after the test.

Rev. 0 Page 17
1.6 FILTRATION TESTS
The filtration and wall building characteristics of a drilling mud are important for providing a
relative measure of the amount of mud filtrate invasion into a porous and permeable formation and
the amount of filter cake that will be deposited on the wall of the well bore wherever filtration
occurs. From a drilling view point these properties give an indication of the amount of water (or oil)
wetting that can take place in filtrate sensitive formations and the potential for tight hole or
differential sticking problems. For productive, hydrocarbon bearing formations these properties give
an indication of the amount of filtrate invasion and permeability damage that can be expected.
Filtration tests are conducted under two different conditions.
1. The standard API filtration test is conducted at surface (or room) temperature and 700 kPa (100
psi) pressure for thirty minutes. For this test the fluid loss is the volume (ml) of filtrate
collected in this time period and the filter cake thickness (mm or 1/32 inch) is the thickness of
the cake that is deposited on the filter paper in this time period.
2. The API high temperature, high pressure test (HTHP test) is conducted for thirty minutes of
filtration at a temperature of 149 °C (300 °F) and a differential of 3450 kPa (500 psi). For this
test the filtrate must be collected under a back pressure of 700 kPa (100 psi) in order to prevent
vaporization of the filtrate.
For all filtration tests the filter paper characteristics are Whatmann 50 or equivalent and the filtration
area is 4560 mm2.
Many filtration tests are conducted with a "half-area" filter press. In this event the filter cake
thickness will be the same but the fluid loss must be corrected to the full size paper by doubling the
collected filtrate volume in the thirty minute time period.
All HTHP instruments are half area presses.
A. API Filtration Test Instruments:

A. Rig Style, Standard Filter Press
This type of filter press has a test cell with a removable lid and base that is placed onto the cross
beam of a frame with a screw handle at the top for holding these component parts together during the
test.
The instrument is assembled in the following order:
1. Base cap with filtrate tube, rubber gasket, screen, filter paper, rubber gasket fixed to the mud
cell (cylinder) using the locking dowel.
2. Drilling mud poured into the cell to within 10 mm from the top.
3. Rubber gasket and lid put on the cell and placed onto the cross beam of the test cell frame.
4. Turn down the screw handle firmly and connect the pressure source making sure the pressure
relief valve is closed.

Rev. 0 Page 18
B. Half Area Filter Press
This type of instrument is typical of a "half area" cell for which the filtrate volume must be doubled
when the fluid loss is reported. The instrument is self contained with a CO2 cartridge in a cylinder
for its pressure source that is adjusted using the T-handle of the built-in regulator at the top of the
instrument. The mud cell is a rubber boot that is placed inside a holding cup to separate the mud
from the pressure source. The lip of the boot serves as the sealing surface onto which the half area
filter paper is placed prior to securing the lid into place. The lid, in the form of a screw cap or other
locking device, is either knurled on the inside to simulate a screen or it may contain an actual, fixed
screen. The relief valve (sliding bar) on the side of the cell must be open to apply pressure to the
outside of the boot and closed when the filtration test is complete in order to permit pressure to be
relieved.
C. Model MB Filter Press
This instrument consists of a mud cell assembly, pressure regulator and gauge mounted on the top of
the carrying case. The cell is attached to the regulator by means of a coupling adapter by simply
inserting the male cell coupling into the female filter press coupling and turning clockwise ¼ turn.
The cell is closed at the bottom by a lid fitted with a screen, by placing the lid firmly against the
filter paper and turning to the right until hand tight. This forces the filter paper against the O-ring
fitted in the O-ring groove at the base of the cell. Pressure is supplied by a CO2 cartridge and may be
released by a bleed-off valve prior to uncoupling the cell. (The bleed-off valve is closed when the
valve is screwed in).
Equipment:
1. API filter press
2. Graduated cylinder, 10 ml, 25 ml or 50 ml
3. CO2 cartridges
4. Filter paper (Whatmann no. 50 or equivalent ∅ 90 mm)
Standard API Test Procedure:
1. Pour the mud sample into the cell, secure the lid and make sure all valves are in the correct
positions to permit the application of pressure to the sample to be filtered. If necessary place a
fresh CO2 cartridge in the holding cylinder and screw the cylinder on quickly and securely to
puncture the cartridge.
2. Place an appropriately sized, graduated cylinder under the filtration tube.
3. Using the pressure gauge as an indicator apply a 100 psi pressure to the sample and begin
timing the test.
4. Collect the filtrate in the graduated cylinder for 30 minutes. At this time, remove the graduated
cylinder, turn off and relieve the pressure on the test sample.
5. Report the volume of collected fluid as the fluid loss in millilitres making sure the volume is
doubled if a half area filter press was used.
6. Disassemble the test cell, discard the mud, and use extreme care to save the filter paper with
minimal disturbance to the filter cake. Remove excess mud from the filter cake by light
washing or lightly sliding a finger across the filter cake. Measure the thickness of the filter
cake and report in millimetres. If desirable, the filter cake texture may also be noted as being
dry to slick and mushy to firm to provide an indication of its friction factor and
compressibility.
7. Wash all components thoroughly in fresh water and wipe dry with a clean cloth or paper towel.

Rev. 0 Page 19
B. High Temperature, High Pressure Filtration Test Instruments
A. Baroid, OFI Instruments
These instruments are O-ringed valve stems that act as valves which are closed when the stem is
tightened into the mud cell and opened by unscrewing the valve stem approximately one-half turn.
The pressure regulator and backpressure cylinder is attached to the valve stems with locking pins.
The cell of this type of instrument is loaded by unscrewing the setscrews in the cell body until the
cap can be removed. With the valve stem in the body and closed (tightened) mud is added to the cell
to within 10 – 15 mm from the top. Filter paper is placed on top of the O-ring, which has its own
groove in the cell body. The cap is placed in the cell making sure that the setscrew seats in the cap
match the screws in the cell. The pressure source is a CO2 cartridge located in the barrel of the
regulator assembly. The backpressure attachment is required only for tests conducted at temperatures
above 95 °C. The mud cell is placed into the heating well and seated on the alignment pin located in
the well. The filtrate volume obtained from this instrument must be doubled in order to correct the
volume to the full sized paper.
B. FANN, OFI Instruments
These instruments use threaded valve stems with valves to which the pressure regulator assembly
and back pressure assembly are secured using a lock ring and slip coupling assembly. The cell is
filled by closing the valve on the cell, inverting it and then adding the drilling mud to within 10 – 15
mm from the top. Filter paper is placed on the O-ring in its groove. The cap of the cell is secured
using setscrews and lowered in to the heating well which has provision to pass the valve and valve
stem assembly of the cell through its base. The backpressure assembly is used for tests with
temperatures in excess of 95 °C. Pressure is supplied from CO2 cartridges in the barrel of the
regulator assembly. The cartridge is punctured when the barrel is tightened onto the regulator
assembly. This is a half area instrument whose filtrate volume must be doubled to correct it to the
standard full size test.
Equipment:
1. HPHT filter press
2. Graduated cylinder, 10 ml, 25 ml or 50 ml
3. CO2 cartridges
4. HPHT Filter paper (Whatmann no. 50 or equivalent ∅ 2 ½”)
High Temperature, High Pressure Filtration Test Procedure:
The following is the standard procedure adopted by API for testing at 149 °C and 500 psi:
1. Connect the heating jacket to the correct voltage, place a thermometer in the well of the jacket
and preheat the jacket to 155 °C. Adjust the thermostat in order to maintain a constant
temperature.
2. Take warm mud from flow line or preheat to 50 – 55 °C while stirring.
3. Load cell as recommended by the manufacturer. Care should be exercised not to fill cell closer
than 15 mm from top to allow for expansion.
4. Place the cell in the heating jacket with both top and bottom valves closed. Transfer the
thermometer from the heating jacket to the well of the test cell.
5. Place the pressure assembly on the top valve stem and lock into place. Place the bottom
pressure receiver and lock into place. Apply 100 psi to both pressure units with valves closed.
Open top valve and apply 100 psi while heating.
6. When temperature reaches 149 °C, open bottom valve and increase pressure on the top
assembly to 600 psi to start filtration. Collect filtrate for 30 minutes maintaining the 149 °C
temperature ± 2 °C. If desired record surge volume after 2 seconds. If back pressure rises
Rev. 0 Page 20
above 100 psi during the test, cautiously bleed off pressure by collecting portion of the filtrate.
Record the total volume.
7. The filtrate volume should be corrected to a filter area of 4581 mm2. (If the filter area is 2258
mm2, double filtrate volume and report.)
8. At the end of test, close both valves. Back T-handle screw off the regulator and bleed off
pressure from both regulators.
9. CAUTION: Filtration cell will still contain about 500 psi. Maintain cell in upright position and
cool to room temperature. (After the cell is cool, continue to hold cell upright (cap down) and
loosen the top valve to bleed off pressure slowly).
10. After the cell has cooled and the pressure has been bled off, the cell may be inverted to loosen
the cap screws with an Allen wrench, remove the cap with a gentle rocking motion, carefully
retain the filter cake for analysis and thoroughly clean and dry all components.
11. Do not use filtrate for chemical analysis.
12. If filter cake compressibility is desired the test can be repeated using 200 psi on the top-
pressure and 100 psi for bottom pressure.
13. Record both temperature and pressure with the results of the filtration test at all times. The
temperature of 149 °C was selected so as to be within the range where high temperature mud
treating procedures and chemicals are required.
Calculation:
HPHT filtrate (ml) = 2⋅VF
VF = filtrate volume collected (ml) using half-area filter

Rev. 0 Page 21
1.7 FUNNEL VISCOSITY
Funnel viscosity is an indication of the overall viscosity of a drilling mud. The concentration, type,
size and size distribution of the solids present and the electrochemical nature of the drilling mud’s
solid and liquid phase affect it. Consequently funnel viscosity should only be used to provide an
indication of change or consistency of viscosity from time to time. Since gel strength can have a
great effect on the magnitude of the funnel viscosity, the measurement should be taken as quickly as
possibly.
Funnel Calibration:
With the funnel in an upright position, fill it with freshwater (at 20 °C) to the level of the screen with
a finger placed over the orifice. With the aid of the measuring cup (viscosity cup) the time taken for
one quart of water to pass through the funnel orifice tube should be 26 seconds.
NOTE: The marsh funnel orifice is a tube, 50.8 mm in length and 4.76 mm in internal
diameter. The orifice may be cleaned by passing a 4.76 mm (3/l6 inch) drill through it
by hand.
Test Procedure:
1. With the funnel in an upright position, cover the orifice with a finger and rapidly pour a freshly
collected mud sample through the screen and into the funnel until the mud just touches the base
of the screen, (1500 ml). See note below.
2. Immediately remove the finger from the orifice and measure the time required for the mud to
fill the viscosity cup to the one 1 litre level.
3. Report the result to the nearest second as the marsh funnel viscosity, at the temperature of
measurement in °C.
NOTE: It is also permissible to overfill the funnel to some level above the screen and begin
timing when the mud level reaches the screen. This is sometimes done in conjunction
with not placing the finger over the orifice. In this manner the effect of gel strength on
funnel viscosity is minimized.

Rev. 0 Page 22
1.8 HYDROGEN ION DETERMINATION (pH)
The acidity or alkalinity of a drilling mud is indicated by the hydrogen ion concentration, which is
commonly expressed in terms of pH. A perfectly neutral solution has a pH of 7.0 whereas alkaline
(basic) solutions have a pH range between 7.0-14.0 and acidic solutions have a pH less than 7.0.
The pH measurement is used as well to indicate the presence of contaminants such as cement or
anhydrite.
The two most common field methods for determining pH are described below:
A. Method 1: pH-paper:
1. This method may be used on the mud filtrate or the mud directly.
2. Place a 25 mm strip of indicator paper on the surface of the mud to be tested and allow it to
remain until the liquid has wet the surface and the colour has stabilized, (approximately one
minute).
3. Compare the colour standards provided with the test paper (which was not in contact with the
mud solids) to the colour standards provided with the test paper and estimate the pH of the mud
accordingly.
B. Method 2: colour pH strip:

1. This method applies only to mud filtrates.
2. After obtaining a sample of mud filtrate, totally immerse the coloured portion of the colour pH
strip into the filtrate and remove immediately.
3. After a short period of colour stabilization, (10-15 seconds) compare the colour of the wetted
strip with the colour standards provided in the colour pH plastic container. An estimate may be
necessary if a colour does not exactly match a particular pH value.
C. Method 3: pH-meter:
Equipment:
1. pH-meter
2. Buffer solutions (pH = 7.00 and 4.00 or 10.00)
3. Distilled water
4. KCl 3M solution (for probe storage)
1. This method applies both to mud and filtrates.

2. Prior to run the measurement, calibrate the instrument: immerse the probe into the buffer
solutions (4.00, 7.00 or 10.00): use first the buffer solution at pH 7.00 and then that at pH 4.00
or 10.00.
3. After calibration, make the measurement on the sample (mud or filtrate) by immersing the
probe until reading is stable.
4. Clean the probe carefully and let it immersed in distilled water or KCl 3M solution.

Rev. 0 Page 23
1.9 HYDROGEN SULFIDE CONCENTRATION
In many areas hydrogen sulfide (H2S) is found by itself or in association with hydrocarbons,
especially gas. Hydrogen sulfide gas is not only very lethal but also extremely corrosive. Therefore,
when H2S is encountered in the mud it must be reduced to acceptable levels so that it does not pose a
health hazard or create drill string failure.
The concentration of hydrogen sulfide present may be determined using the Hach Model HS-7
Hydrogen sulfide kit or more quantitatively using the Garrett Gas Train.
A. Method 1: Hach Kit

Equipment:
1. Hach Model HS-7 Hydrogen sulfide kit
2. Graduated flask 25 ml
3. Graduated pipette 5 ml or 10 ml
Test Procedure:
1. Fill the sample vial to the 25 ml mark with recently filter pressed filtrate from the mud to be
tested. (If 25 ml are not available use a known amount of filtrate and dilute to 25 ml using
distilled water; 5 or more ml of filtrate are recommended).
NOTE: For most accurate results, the test should be performed using a recently
obtained mud sample. If the sample has been aerated or allowed to stand for
some time, much if not all, of the hydrogen sulfide gas will be lost by aeration
or oxidation.
2. Place a circle of hydrogen sulfide test paper (lead acetate paper) inside the cap of the sample
vial.
3. Add an alka-seltzer tablet to the sample and IMMEDIATELY snap the cap containing the test
paper onto the vial.
4. After allowing ample time for the tablet to dissolve, remove the cap and test paper.
5. Compare the colour of the test paper with the colour chart accompanying the test kit and record
the amount of H2S gas present.
Calculations:
25 ⋅ C
H 2S =
Vf
H2S = H2S present (mg/L) C = H2S recorded (mg/L) Vf = ml of filtrate used

Rev. 0 Page 24
B. Method 2: Garrett Gas Train
Equipment:
1. Garrett Gas with H2S Dräger tubes & floating ball flow meter
2. Hydrogen sulfide (Hach), paper disks as alternative to Dräger tubes
(for more qualitative test)
3. Sulfuric acid (5N)
4. Dropper bottle with octanol defoamer or equivalent
5. Hypodermic syringe (10 ml with 21 gauge needle)
6. CO2 cartridges
Test Procedure:
1. Be sure the gas train is clean, dry and on a level surface.
NOTE: Moisture in the flow metre can cause the ball to float erratically.
2. With the regulator T- handle backed off, install and puncture a CO2 gas cartridge.
3. Add 20 ml distilled water to chamber No. 1. (The chambers are numbered beginning at the
regulator).
4. Add 5 drops of octanol defoamer to chamber No. 1.
5. Measure the sample into chamber No. 1. according to the following table:
Dräger Tube Identification

Sulfide Range (mg/L) Sample Volume cm3 Dräger Tube Tube Factor
1.2 – 24 10.0 H2S 100/a 0.12*
2.4 – 48 5.0 H2S 100/a 0.12*
4.8 – 96 2.5 H2S 100/a 0.12*
30 – 1050 10.0 H2S 0.2% o/a 1500**
60 – 2100 5.0 H2S 0.2% o/a 1500**
120 – 4200 2.5 H2S 0.2% o/a 1500**
*Tube factor 0.12 applies to new tubes, H2S 100/a, with scale 100 to 2000.
Old tubes use tube factor 12.
**Tube factor 1500 applies to new tubes, H2S 0.2% o/a with scale 0.2 to 7.0.
Old tube use tube factor 600 times ratio: “batch factor” /0.40.
6. Select the proper Dräger tube in accordance with the table above. Break the tips from each end
of the tube and apply Lubriseal to each end.
7. Install the tube with the arrow pointing downward into the bored receptacle. Likewise, install
the flow metre with the word "TOP" upward. (Be sure O-rings seal around the body of each
tube).
8. Install the top on the gas train and evenly hand-tighten to seal all O-rings.
9. Attach the flexible tubing from the regulator onto the dispersion tube of chamber No. 1 and
from the outlet tube of chamber No. 3 to the Dräger tube.
10. Adjust the dispersion tube of chamber No. 1 to within 5 mm from the bottom.
11. Flow CO2 gas gently through train form 10 seconds to purge system of air. Stop gas flow.
12. Slowly inject 10 ml sulfuric acid solution into chamber No. 1 through the septum using the
syringe and needle.
13. Immediately restart CO2 flow. Using the regulator, adjust the flow so that the ball remains
between the two lines on the flow metre tube.
NOTE One CO2 cartridge should provide 15-20 minutes flow at this rate.

Rev. 0 Page 25
14. Observe a colour change on the Dräger tube if H2S is present. In the units marked on the tube,
note and record the maximum darkened length before the front starts to smear. Continue flow
for 15 minutes although the front may attain a diffuse, feathery colouration. On the high range
tube an orange colour may appear ahead of the black front if sulfites are present. The orange
region should be ignored when recording the darkened length.
Calculations:
F ⋅L
S −2 =
V
S-2 = mg/L sulfides F = tube factor
L = tube stain length V = ml of sample volume
Care and Cleaning:
To clean the gas train, remove the flexible tubing and gas train top. Take the Dräger tube and flow
metre out of the receptacles and plug the holes with stoppers to keep them dry. Wash out the
chambers using a brush with warm water and mild detergent. Use a pipe cleaner to clean the
passages between the chambers. Wash, rinse and then blow out the dispersion tube with air or CO2
gas. Rinse the unit with distilled water and allow draining dry.
NOTE A lead acetate paper disc (Hach) fitted below the O-ring of chamber No. 3
can be substituted for the Dräger tube in the gas train. The lead acetate
paper, although not preferred for quantitative work, will show the presence
of sulfides.
WARNING: The reagents in this kit may be hazardous to the health and safety of the
user if inappropriately handled. Please read all warnings before performing
the test and use appropriate safety equipment.

Rev. 0 Page 26
1.10 HYDROGEN SULFIDE SCAVENGING ABILITY
AND ZINC CARBONATE
When zinc carbonate is used as a drilling mud additive to scavenge hydrogen sulfide, H2S, in a sour
gas well it is possible to obtain an estimate of the scavenging ability of the drilling mud as well as
the amount of zinc carbonate present. Quantitatively, the scavenging ability of the mud and therefore
the amount of zinc carbonate present can be determined using the Garrett Gas Train. A more
qualitative method to determine the amount of zinc carbonate present employs the Hach Hydrogen
Sulfide test kit.
A. Estimation of Zinc Carbonate Concentration (Qualitative):

Equipment & Reagents:
1. Hach Model HS-Y Hydrogen sulfide kit
2. Filter press
3. Hamilton Beach mixer or equivalent
4. Hypodermic syringe, 5 ml
5. Fresh sodium sulfide, (Na2S), stock solution – 100 g/L Na2S
6. 5N Sulfuric acid
7. Distilled water
8. Defoamer, octanol or equivalent
Test Procedure:
1. Using the hypodermic syringe, add 2.5 ml of sodium sulfide stock solution (Na2S) to 350 ml of
drilling mud.
2. Agitate the sample in the mixer at medium speed for 5 minutes.
3. Using the filter press, obtain at least 3 ml filtrate for each test.
4. Place a circle of hydrogen sulfide test paper (lead acetate paper) inside the cap of the sample
vial.
5. Measure 2 ml of filtrate into the sample vial using the syringe and dilute the sample with
approximately 20 ml of distilled water. Acidify the solution with 2 drops of acid, quickly drop
an Alka Seltzer tablet into the solution and close the sample vial with the cap.
6. After allowing ample time for the tablet to dissolve, remove the cap and test paper. The
presence of brown colouration on the lead acetate paper indicates that the zinc carbonate
concentration is less than 1.1 kg/m3.
7. If the acetate paper is white (negative) the zinc carbonate concentration is more than 1.1 kg/m3.
In order to define the end point more accurately, repeat the entire test using an additional 2.5
ml of sodium sulfide stock solution each time until a brown colouration is apparent on the lead
acetate paper.
Calculation:
ZnCO3 (kg/m3) = 0.44⋅Vmax
ZnCO3 = Approximate zinc carbonate (kg/m3)

Vmax = maximum number of ml of sodium sulfide solution used.

Rev. 0 Page 27
B. H2S Scavenging Ability and Zinc Carbonate Concentration:
Equipment & Reagents:
1. Garret Gas Train with H2S Dräger tubes & floating ball flow metre & CO2 gas
cartridges
2. Sulfuric acid (5N)
3. Dropper bottle with octanol defoamer or equivalent
4. Hypodermic syringe with 21 gauge needle (10ml)
5. Two, minimum 400 ml jars with lids
6. Osterizer blender, blade type, 10 speed
7. Filter press
8. Fresh sodium sulfide (Na2S) stock solution (100 g/l)
Test Procedure:
1. Label two jars. "A" and "B".

2. Measure 350 ml of drilling mud into jar "A".
3. Measure 350 ml of distilled water into jar "B".
4. Measure 20 ml of stock sodium sulfide (Na2S) solution into each jar, close both jars and shake
vigorously by hand for thirty seconds. Transfer the contents of jar A to the Osterizer mixing
jar, replace the lid, and stir at the slowest speed for 15 minutes. Transfer the drilling mud - H2S
system back to jar A.
NOTE: Some drilling mud will thicken severely when the Na2S solution is added. If thickening
occurs add a dispersant from rig stock at about 3 kg/m3 (roughly a cone shaped pile on
a dime). If thickening is observed during the first of a series of tests the mud should be
pre-treated with dispersant prior to Na2S addition.
5. Extract 10 ml of dilute sodium sulfide (Na2S) stock solution from jar "B" and label this filtrate
"B".
6. Prepare the Garrett Gas Train for testing as outlined below:
a. Be sure the gas train is clean, dry and on a level surface.
NOTE: Moisture in the flow metre can cause the ball to float erratically.
b. With the regulator T-handle backed off, install and puncture a CO2 gas cartridge.
c. Add 20 ml distilled water to chamber No.1 (The chambers are numbered beginning at the
regulator.)
d. Add 5 drops of octanol defoamer to chamber No. l.
e. Install the top on the gas train and evenly hand-tighten to seal all O-rings.
f. Select a high range Dräger tube, (H2S 0.2%/A, tube factor is 1500), for installation.
g. Break off the ends of the tube, apply Lubriseal to both ends and install the tube with the
arrow pointing downward into the bored receptacle. Likewise, install the flow metre with
the word "TOP" upward. (Be sure O-rings seal around the body of each tube.)
h. Attach the flexible tubing from the regulator onto the dispersion tube of chamber No. l
and from the outlet tube of chamber No. 3 to the Dräger tube.
NOTE: Use only latex rubber or inert plastic tubing. Do not clamp tubing
unclamped tubing provides a pressure relief in the event the gas train is over
pressured.

Rev. 0 Page 28
i. Adjust the dispersion tube of chamber No.1 to within 5 mm from the bottom.
j. Flow CO2 gas gently through train for 10 seconds to purge system of air. Stop gas flow.
7. Proceed to the Garrett Gas Train operating procedure outlined below:

a. Using the hypodermic syringe, inject 4.0 ml of filtrate ("B") into chamber No.1.
b. Slowly inject 10 ml 5N sulfuric acid solution into chamber No. l through the septum
using the syringe and needle.
c. Immediately restart CO2 flow. Using the regulator, adjust the flow so that the ball
remains between the two lines on the flow metre tube.
NOTE: One CO2 cartridge should provide 15-20 minutes of flow at this rate.
d. Observe a colour change on the Dräger tube. In the units marked on the tube, note
and record the maximum darkened length before the front starts to smear. Continue
flow for 15 minutes although the front may attain a diffuse, feathery colouration.
On the high range tube an orange colour may appear ahead of the black front if
sulfites are present. The orange region should be ignored when recording the
darkened length.
8. Label the darkened, stained length as "B".

9. Filter the mud (“A”) to obtain at least 4 ml of filtrate, label filtrate “A”.
10. Clean the gas train as outlined below:
To clean the gas train, remove the flexible tubing and gas train top. Take the Dräger tube and flow
metre out of the receptacles and plug the holes with stoppers to keep them dry. Wash out the
chambers using a brush with warm water and mild detergent. Use a pipe cleaner to clean the
passages between the chambers. Wash, rinse and then blow out the dispersion tube with air or CO2
gas. Rinse the unit with distilled water and allow draining dry.
11. Run the gas train using 4.0 cm3 of filtrate “A” (from the mud) repeating paragraphs 6 and 7.
Label the darkened length “A”.
12. Be sure to clean gas train after each test.
Calculations:
H2S scavenging ability (mg/L) = 375⋅(B – A)
Zinc Carbonate (kg/m3) = 0.0037⋅H2S scavenging ability (mg/L)
WARNING: The reagents in the kit may be hazardous to the health and safety of the user if
inappropriately handled. Please read all warnings before performing the test and
use appropriate safety equipment.

Rev. 0 Page 29
NOTE: The 100 g/L Na2S solution can deteriorate with time. If the 4.0 cm3 of filtrate “B”
results in Dräger tube dark lengths, which are too short, the filtrate volumes can
be increased. If filtrate sample volume is indeed increased the equation used to
calculate H 2S scavenging ability is changed from:
H2S scavenging ability (mg/L) = 375⋅(B – A)
to:
1500 ⋅ ( B − A)
mg/L H 2S scavenging ability =
V
V = new volume (ml)

Rev. 0 Page 30
1.11 MUD DENSITY
Drilling mud density is required to calculate the hydrostatic pressure that is being exerted by a
column of drilling mud at any given depth. Density is also used to provide an indication of the solids
content of a drilling mud.
When the test is performed using a standard mud balance, care must be taken to ensure that the cup
is full and free of entrapped air.
Mud Balance Calibration:
1. Remove the lid and completely fill the cup with distilled water at room temperature.
2. Replace the lid carefully and wipe the entire balance dry.
3. Place the balance arm on the base with the knife edge resting on the fulcrum.
4. With the rider placed at 1000 kg/m3 (s.g. = 1.0 or 8.33 lb/gal), the bubble of the level vial
should oscillate the same distance to the left and right of the centering mark above the vial. If
not, the calibration screw at the end of the balance should be adjusted until the oscillations are
equal. (Some balances do not have an adjustment screw and require lead shot to be removed or
added through a calibration cap.)
NOTE: A more accurate reading is obtained if the mud balance is permitted to

oscillate on its knife edge rather than allowing it to come to rest with the
bubble centered over the centering mark.
Test Procedure:
1. Remove the lid from the cup and completely fill the cup with the mud to be tested, it may be
necessary to tap or vibrate the cup lightly to bring entrapped air to the surface for high
viscosity mud.
2. Replace the lid and seat it firmly on the cup in a rotating manner and allowing the excess
drilling mud to be expelled through the centrally located hole in the lid.
3. Wash the mud from the outside of the cup and dry the balance.
4. Place the balance arm on the base with the knife edge resting on the fulcrum.
5. Adjust the rider until the bubble oscillates equally to the left and right of the centering mark
above the level vial.
6. Read the mud density (mud weight) as shown by the indicator on the rider.
7. Report the result to the nearest scale division in kg/m3, (specific gravity times 1000).

Rev. 0 Page 31
1.12 NITRATE ION CONCENTRATION
In some instances, after a potential producing horizon is drilled, it is desirable to know how much
drilling mud filtrate has permeated the zone. In order to differentiate drilling mud filtrate from
formation water a "tracer" is often introduced into the drilling mud. The nitrate ion is often used as
such a tracer.
Equipment:
1. Hach Model NI-11 nitrate test kit, 0 – 50 mg/l
2. Distilled water
Test Procedure:
To obtain accurate test results please read carefully before proceeding:
Samples containing above 50 mg/L nitrate nitrogen can be tested by diluting the sample before
running the test. For example, a one to five dilution can be made by using 1.0 ml of the water to be
tested and 4.0 ml of demineralised water. Use the calibrated dropper provided in this kit for the
dilution. Demineralised water is not included in this kit. The results of a one to five dilution are
multiplied by five to obtain the correct mg/L nitrate nitrogen. The results of other dilutions will
follow the same procedure as above; for example, the results of a one to three dilution would be
multiplied by three.
A small portion of the Nitraver nitrate reagent will remain un-dissolved and fall to the bottom of the
colour viewing tube. This will not affect test results but should be rinsed from the tube between tests.
WARNING: The reagents in this kit may be hazardous to the health and safety of the user if
inappropriately handled. Please read all warnings before performing the test
and use appropriate safety equipment.
1. Rinse a colour viewing tube several times with the water to be tested; then fill to the 5ml mark.
2. Use the clippers to open one Nitraver 5 nitrate reagent powder pillow. Add the contents of the
pillow to the tube. Stopper the tube and shake vigorously for exactly one minute.
3. An amber colour will develop if nitrate is present.
4. Allow the prepared sampled to set undisturbed for one minute; then place the tube of prepared
sample in the right opening of the comparator.
5. Fill the other viewing tube to the 5ml mark with some of the original water sample and place it
in the left opening of the comparator.
6. Hold the comparator up to a light source such as a window, the sky or a lamp and view through
the openings in front. Rotate the disc until a colour match is obtained. Read the mg/L nitrate
nitrogen (N) through the scale window.
7. Test results can be converted from mg/L nitrate nitrogen (N) to mg/L nitrate (NO3-) by
multiplying the scale reading by 4.4.
Calculation:
Nitrate (NO3-), mg/L = N⋅4.4⋅d
N = mg/L nitrate nitrogen d = dilution ratio (if no dilution: d = 1)

Rev. 0 Page 32
1.13 POLYACRYLAMIDE CONCENTRATION
Very often, mud systems may utilize a partially hydrolyzed polyacrylamide, PHPA, to provide or
enhance inhibition by encapsulation of the polymer around the hydratable clays that are encountered
while drilling. In order for this method of inhibition to be effective, a residual PHPA concentration
must be present in the drilling mud filtrate.
Equipment:
1. Hand cranking centrifuge
2. 2 Graduated centrifuge tubes
3. Floc developer solution
4. Cresol red indicator
5. Hydrochloric acid (0.2N)
6. Sodium hydroxide (0.2N)
Test Procedure:
1. Measure 12 ml fresh water into a test tube and place in centrifuge tube for balance.
2. Measure 10.0 ml filtrate in the graduated centrifuge tube.
3. Add 6 drops of cresol red indicator and with the tube covered invert gently. A reddish purple
colour will develop to indicate a pH greater than 7.0.
4. Add 0.2N hydrochloric acid, drop by drop, inverting gently each time until the solution just
turns an orange-yellow.
5. Add 2ml floc developer solution.
6. Invert the tube gently to mix for 15-20 seconds, and allow the solution to stand for 3-4 minutes.
7. Invert the centrifuge tube a few times and place it in the centrifuge.
8. Centrifuge for one minute at a cranking speed of 120 rpm (same as 10 revolutions every 5
seconds).
9. Remove the centrifuge tubes and note the amount of centrifuged precipitate as millilitres of
precipitate.
Calculations:
Polyacrylamide (kg/m3) = 1.4⋅V
V = ml precipitate

Rev. 0 Page 33
1.14 POTASSIUM ION ANALYSIS
When a drilling mud containing potassium ions (KCl or K2CO3) is used, the primary purpose is to
prevent, or at least minimize hydration of water sensitive formations. Inhibition of hydration is
provided by the potassium ion K+, which is attracted to negative charges appearing through the flat
surface. Therefore, it is extremely important to know the potassium ion concentration at all times in
these mud systems. In KCl mud, by monitoring the potassium to chloride ion ratio (K+/Cl-) while
drilling the more hydratable formations should coincide with points having a low ratio.
A. Method One:
Equipment:
1. Hand cranking centrifuge
2. 2 Graduated, 15 ml centrifuge tubes
3. 750 g/L sodium perchlorate precipitating solution
Test Procedure:
1. In order to balance the centrifuge, measure 14 ml of fresh water in the other centrifuge tube
and place it into the centrifuge.
2. Add 4.0 ml sodium perchlorate to 10.0 ml of filtrate to be tested in the centrifuge tube. A white
precipitate, which forms immediately, indicates the presence of potassium.
3. Invert slowly for one minute and place in the centrifuge.
4. Centrifuge for one minute at a cranking speed of 120 rpm (10 revolutions every 5 seconds).
5. Remove the centrifuge tube and note the amount of centrifuged precipitate as the floc volume
in ml. Do not discard the centrifuged filtrate at this point.
6. Determine the potassium ion concentration from the table below:
NOTE: For potassium ion concentrations above 55 g/L, save the centrifuge filtrate, clean the
tubes, split the centrifuged filtrate evenly into each tube, add 4 ml sodium perchlorate
to each tube and centrifuge again.
Record the total floc volume as the sum of the original floc volume plus any additional
floc volume obtained by double centrifuging.

Rev. 0 Page 34
Potassium Ion Concentration
Floc Volume (ml) Potassium Ion Concentration (mg/L)
0.00 0
0.25 5000
0.50 7500
0.80 10000
1.10 15000
1.30 19000
1.50 24500
1.70 31000
1.90 38000
2.10 45000
2.30 53000
2.50 59000
2.70 65000
2.90 70000
3.10 75500
3.30 81000
NOTE: 5250 mg/L K+ is approximately 10 kg/m 3 KCl (K+/KCl = 39/74.5 ≈ 0.5)
B. Method Two:
Equipment:
1. Sodium Tetraphenyl Borate solution (STPB)
2. Quaternary ammonium Salt solution (QAS)
3. Potassium buffer solution (NaOH 20%)
4. Bromophenol blue indicator
5. Filter paper (Whatmann no.1)
6. Glass funnel for filtration
7. Volumetric flask (100 ml)
9. Beaker (100 ml)
10. Stirrer + stirring rod
11. Erlenmeyer flask
13. Bi-distilled water
Test Procedure:
1. Put the adequate volume of API filtrate into a volumetric flask (see table). Add 3 – 4 ml of
buffer solution.
2. Add 25.0 ml of STPB solution and dilute to mark (100 ml) with bi-distilled water. Shake and
let at rest for 10 minutes. White floc will develop.
3. After that time, filtrate the solution into a beaker.
4. Transfer 25.0 of filtrate solution into an Erlenmeyer flask and add 10 – 15 drops of indicator.
5. Titrate with QAS until color change from purple/violet to blue.
NOTE: STPB and QAS solution are prepared according to API 13A specifications

Rev. 0 Page 35
Calculations:
1000 ⋅ (25.0 − VT )
K+ (mg/L) =
VF
VT = ml of QAS used
VF = ml of API filtrate used (see table)
Approx. K+ in mud (mg/L) VF to use (ml)

250 – 2000 10.0
2000 – 4000 5.0
4000 – 10000 2.0
10000 – 20000 1.0
> 20000 0.5
NOTE: Potassium buffer solution (NaOH) is corrosive and causes severe burns. Avoid contact
with eyes and skin. Store in a plastic bottle.

Rev. 0 Page 36
1.15 RHEOLOGICAL MEASUREMENTS
In the field, the rheological characteristics of a drilling mud are determined with a concentric
rotational viscometer having an industry standardized bob and sleeve. Shear stress, viscosity or gel
strength is determined from the degree of rotation of the bob under the influence of the shear rate
created in the mud by the action of the outer, rotating sleeve. Because most drilling muds are non-
Newtonian in behaviour, (pseudo-plastic and thixotropic), stress, viscosity and gel strength
measurements must be performed at prescribed shear rates (rotational speeds). The industry standard
rotational speeds are 600 and 300 rpm for any steady state rheological parameter and 3 rpm for gel
strength (an indication of thixotropy) measurements.
The most common field viscometers are:
A. OFI Rheometer Model 800:
This is an 8-speed viscometer capable also of stirring mud.

The stirring speed is obtained by moving the shift lever counter clockwise as far as possible, the 600
rpm speed is obtained by moving the shift lever counter clockwise from the stirring speed to the first
detent position. Is possible to make rheology measurements at 600, 300, 200, 100, 60, 30, 6 and 3
rpm. Connect the instrument to the power supply and switch on the button at the back of the
viscometer body.
B. FANN Model 35SA:
This is a 6-speed viscometer, which are changed by a shift knob (or wheel) on top of the instrument
and by a lever at the bottom (high or low speed). Is possible to make rheology measurements at 600,
300, 200, 100, 6 and 3 rpm. It is not possible to stir the mud sample with this instrument
C. FANN Model 34A:
This model is a 3-speed electric version of the FANN Model HC 34A. The stirring speed is obtained
by pressing the button on left side of the upper body. The 600 rpm speed is obtained with the top
shift knob pushed down while the sleeve is rotating and the 300 rpm speed is obtained by moving the
top shift knob all the way up while the sleeve is rotating. A neutral position is located by a detent
half way between the 600 and 300 rpm position. Gel strengths are determined by rotating the knurled
wheel (located below the shift knob) by hand with the shift knob in the neutral middle position.

Rev. 0 Page 37
A. PROCEDURE FOR RHEOLOGICAL MEASUREMENTS:
In conventional field practices the steady state rheological description of a drilling mud is given in
terms of the parameters, which describe the fluid as an ideal Bingham Plastic. These parameters are
the plastic viscosity and yield point (or yield stress). The time dependent nature of the drilling mud
(thixotropy) is measured in terms of gel strength.
The temperature at which rheological measurements are taken should be constant and always be
recorded.
I. PLASTIC VISCOSITY AND YIELD POINT
Place a recently agitated sample in a suitable container and lower the instrument head until the
sleeve is immersed in the drilling mud sample exactly at the scribed line of the sleeve. With the
instrument set at 600 rpm rotate the sleeve until a steady dial reading is obtained, (for highly
thixotropic muds this may take some time). Consistency of results can be achieved if the 600 rpm
dial reading is taken at the point for which the change in dial reading is less than one degree (one
dial division over a stirring time of one minute).
When the dial reading has reached this steady value, record this as the 600 rpm dial reading, θ600.
Lower the speed to 300 rpm and stir the sample at this speed until a steady reading is obtained using
the same criterion for the steady state point. Record this value as the 300 rpm dial reading, θ300.
Calculations:
θ 600
Apparent Viscosity, AV (cP) =
2
Plastic viscosity, PV (cP) = θ600 – θ300
Yield Point, YP (lb/100ft 2) = θ300 – PV
θ 300 − PV
Yield Point, YP (g/100cm2) = = AV – PV
2
θ600 = 600 rpm reading θ300 = 300 rpm reading
II. GEL STRENGTH
Gel strength measurements can be made as a continuation of the steady state measurements.
Measurements are taken at two rest periods, 10 seconds and 10 minutes.
1. Stir the mud sample at 600 rpm until a steady reading has been achieved. (If all time
dependence has been taken out of the mud sample, this reading should be the same as the
previous 600 rpm dial reading).
2. Stop rotation of the sleeve. (For the FANN Model 34A, the shift knob must be simultaneously
brought to the neutral position).
3. Allow a rest time of 10 seconds, then slowly (at 3 rpm) and steadily rotate the gel strength
wheel (counter clockwise for the FANN instruments, clockwise for all others).
4. Record the maximum dial deflection as the initial gel strength dial reading.
Rev. 0 Page 38
5. Repeat steps (l)-(2) and in step (3) allow a rest time of 10 minutes.
6. Record the maximum dial deflection as the 10 minute gel strength dial reading.
Calculations:
Gel strength (lb/100ft 2) = θ3 for 0”, 10” or 10’
θ3
Gel strength (g/100cm2) = for 0”, 10” or 10’
2
θ3 = 3 rpm reading
NOTE: If the initial and l0 minute gel strengths are equal, the mud has no thixotropy, i.e., the
mud has no ability to build structure while it is at rest. This type of mud does not have
any real gel strength or increased suspending power while it is at rest. For this type of
mud the gel break is not very evident, rather it will be a gradual increase to a steady
value. This is indicated by lower ten minute gel strength in comparison to higher initial
gel strength.
III. INSTRUMENT CARE:
After every usage the instrument should be thoroughly cleaned.
1. Run the rotor immersed in water (or solvent for oil based muds) at high speed for a short
period of time.
2. Remove the sleeve:
- hold the spindle, twist and carefully pull straight down for the FANN instruments.
- hold the spindle and unscrew the sleeve for all other instruments.
3. Wipe the bob and other parts thoroughly clean with a dry, clean cloth or paper towel.
CAUTION: The bob is hollow and from time to time accumulated moisture inside the bob can
be eliminated by removing the bob and drying it out. Immersion of the hollow bob
in extremely hot mud can result in a serious explosion.
Care should be taken not to immerse the sleeve deeper into the mud than the
scribed line on the sleeve. This may result in damage to the bearings holding the
bob shaft in place. Similarly, care must be taken not to splash water or solvent up
into the sleeve housing when the bob and its shaft are cleaned.

Rev. 0 Page 39
1.16 SAND CONTENT
The API sand content is defined to be that portion of the drilling mud solids whose size is greater
than 74 microns (µm). The test can be used to give a qualitative, relative indication of the solids
removal equipment effectiveness, the relative amount of coarse barite present and the abrasiveness
of the mud.
Equipment:
1. Screen sand content
2. Funnel sand content
3. Tube sand content
Test Procedure:
1. Fill the glass measuring tube to the indicated mark with mud to be tested. Add water to the next
mark. Close the mouth of the tube and shake vigorously.
2. Pour the mixture onto the screen tapping it lightly to aid passing of the diluted mud through the
screen. Add more clean water and repeat this wet screening procedure until the wash water in
the tube is clear. Wash the sand retained on the screen to free it of any remaining mud.
3. With the sieve in an upright position, fit the funnel over the sieve, invert slowly and fit the
funnel tip into the mouth of the cleaned measuring tube. Back wash the sand from the sieve
using a fine spray of clean water with the measuring tube positioned vertically upright, allow
the sand to settle in the tube for a few minutes. Report the sand content as the volume fraction
of sand, (the volume percent divided by 100). For example if the sand content is read as 0.4%
the volume fraction of sand is reported as 0.004.

Rev. 0 Page 40
1.17 SULFATE ION CONCENTRATION
Sulfate ions are present in many natural, ground and surface waters. In bentonite based mud systems
flocculation and resultant high viscosity can result from sulfate ion concentrations approaching or
exceeding 2000 mg/l. A qualitative or more quantitative test can be performed to establish the sulfate
concentration.
A. Qualitative Test:
Equipment:
1. Dropper bottle of barium chloride (10% solution)
2. Dropper bottle of strong nitric acid
3. Test tube
Test Procedure:
1. Place 2-4 ml of filtrate in a test tube and add a few drops of barium chloride.
2. Shake the tube gently and observe the presence of a milky, white precipitate. This indicates the
presence of carbonates and/or sulfates.
3. Add a few drops of nitric acid and shake again. If the precipitate dissolves and disappears
completely, only carbonates were present. If the precipitate remains, its intensity can be used
for a qualitative estimate of the sulfate concentration.
Results:
"trace" - the precipitate is barely discernable

- less than 50 mg/L sulfate ions are present
"show" - the precipitate is a translucent white suspension

- up to 500 mg/L sulfate ions are present
"light" - the precipitate is a milky white suspension

- up to 1000 mg/L sulfate ions are present
"heavy" - the precipitate is a white suspension

- more than 1500 mg/L sulfate ions are present
- the precipitate could be diluted for a more accurate determination of the
concentration

Rev. 0 Page 41
B. Quantitative Test:
One method of quantitatively determining the sulfate ion concentration is with the use of the Hach
Model SF-1 Sulfate Kit.
Equipment:
1. Hach Model SF-1 Sulfate Kit
Test Procedure:
1. Fill the calibration tube to the top with filtrate to be tested.

2. Pour this sample into the mixing tube.
3. Add the contents of one SulfaVer IV powder pillow. Swirl to mix. A white, turbid precipitate
will appear if sulfate is present.
4. Allow to stand for 5 minutes.
5. Hold the calibrated tube in such a manner so that it can be viewed through the top. Slowly pour
the prepared sample into the tube. Continue pouring until the image of the black cross on the
bottom of the tube just disappears from view. At this point the tube will appear as a uniform
field of view.
6. Read mg/L sulfate (SO4-2) from the scale on the side of the calibrated tube.
NOTE: The difference between mg/L and ppm is not significant until sulfate
concentrations exceed 7000 mg/L.
WARNING: The reagents may be hazardous to the health and safety of the user if
inappropriately handled.

Rev. 0 Page 42
1.18 SULFITE ION CONCENTRATION
In many mud systems, especially those, which contain high levels of salt, it is necessary to use an
oxygen scavenger to reduce the dissolved oxygen content in the drilling mud in order to reduce drill
string corrosion to acceptable levels. One method of reducing oxygen corrosion is with the use of
any oxygen seeking ion like the sulfite (SO 3-2) ion, which will react with the dissolved oxygen
present in the drilling mud. In order to minimize oxygen corrosion it is necessary to maintain a
residual sulfite concentration in the drilling mud at all times. Usually, residual concentrations in the
order of 300 mg/L or greater are required to reduce corrosion to acceptable levels. Corrosion results
should always be verified with the use of corrosion rings.
One method of determining the residual sulfite concentration is with the use of the HACH Model
SU-5 Sulfite Kit. The sulfite concentration may be determined using mud or mud filtrate.
Equipment:
1. Hach Model SU-5 Sulfite Kit
Test Procedure:
1. Measure a sample by filling the sample bottle to the indicated mark, 10 ml.
2. Add the contents of one Sulfite 1 reagent powder pillow. Swirl to mix.
3. Add the contents of one sulfamic acid powder pillow. Swirl to mix.
4. Titrate with sulfite 3 reagent using the eye dropper, (low and high range Sulfite 3 reagent is
available). Add the reagent drop wise with continual swirling of the sample until a permanent
grey-blue colour develops. Note the number of drops required to reach the end point.
Calculations:
Sulfite mg/L, (SO 3-2) = 0.64⋅N
N = No. drops low range sulfite 3
Sulfite mg/L, (SO 3-2) = 6.4⋅N
N = No. drops high range sulfite 3
WARNING: The reagents contained in the kit are harmful. Avoid contact with eyes and skin.
Do not ingest. Read warning on chemical container.

Rev. 0 Page 43
1.19 TOTAL & CALCIUM HARDNESS
Water containing large amounts of calcium or magnesium salts is commonly referred to as "hard
water". Make-up waters that are hard make it difficult to obtain the maximum yield from bentonite
so it becomes necessary to treat our excess calcium, (for this purpose the total hardness as calcium
should be brought to less than 40 mg/l). The presence of calcium in the mud filtrate may also
indicate the presence of contaminants such as anhydrite or cement.
Equipment :
1. Titraver 400 or EDTA (ethylene diammino tetracetic acid) 0.01M
2. Ammonia buffer (hardness buffer)
3. Eriochrome black T (total hardness indicator)
5. Distilled water
7. Calver II indicator or murexide (to distinguish calcium from magnesium)
8. Sodium hydroxide (0.1N) solution (to distinguish calcium from magnesium)
9. Methyl red or Potassium chromate 5% indicator (facultative)
A. Total Hardness (as calcium):

Test Procedure:
1. Using a pipette, measure 1.0 ml of filtrate into a white titration dish and dilute to a convenient
volume with distilled water.
2. Add 1 or 2 ml of hardness buffer and few grains of Eriochrome Black T indicator. A red colour
will develop if calcium is present.
3. While swirling or stirring continuously, add titraver (or EDTA) with a pipette until the colour
changes from red to blue. At this end point record the number of millilitres of titrating solution
added.
NOTE: To better appreciate color change at end point, add 2 drops of methyl red (or potassium
chromate) indicator until solution becomes orange (red + yellow): after titration color
will change to green (blue + yellow).
Calculations:
Total hardness (as calcium) mg/L = 400⋅V
V = ml of Titraver 400 (or EDTA 0.01M) added

Rev. 0 Page 44
B. Calcium hardness:
Test Procedure:
1. Using a pipette, measure 1.0 ml filtrate into a white titration dish and dilute with a small
amount of distilled water.
2. Add 2 drops of 0.1N NaOH (sodium hydroxide). Solution pH must be approx. 12 – 13.
3. Add several grains of calver II (or murexide) and swirl or stir to mix.
4. Using a pipette, titrate with titraver (or EDTA) to a colour change from red to blue.
Calculation:
Calcium hardness (Ca+2, mg/L) = 400⋅V
C. Magnesium hardness:
Test Procedure:
The magnesium hardness is calculated as difference:
24.3
Mg+2 (mg/L) = [Total hardness (mg/L) – Calcium hardness (mg/L)]⋅
40.1
Or:
Mg+2 (mg/L) = [VEDTA (Total hardness, ml) – VEDTA (Calcium hardness, ml)]⋅0.24

Rev. 0 Page 45
1.20 LIME CONTENT
Lime content in a drilling fluid can be determined with Pf/Mf alkalinity method.
Test Procedure:
1. Determine Pf and Mf as described.

2. Determine the % volume of water from retort analysis (%W)
3. Calculate the lime content.
Calculations:
Lime content (ppb) = 0.26⋅(Pm – F⋅Pf)
Lime content (kg/m3) = 0.742⋅(Pm – F⋅Pf)
F = %W/100

Rev. 0 Page 46
1.21 TRU – WATE MUD BALANCE
When a drilling mud contains entrapped air or it is experiencing a foaming problem the mud density
may be accurately determined with a pressurized mud balance.
Test Procedure:
1. Fill the sample cup with drilling mud to a level, which is approximately 10 mm below the
upper edge of the cup.
2. Place the lid on the cup with the attached check valve in the down (open) position. Push the lid
downward into the mouth of the cup until surface contact is made between the outer skirt of the
lid and the upper edge of the cup allowing any excess mud to be expelled through the open
check valve.
3. Pull the check valve up into the closed position, rinse off the cup and threads, and then, screw
the threaded cap onto the cup.
4. With the plunger in hand, push its handle in to place the inner piston to its lower most position.
Fill the plunger by immersing its nose in the mud to be tested and pulling out the handle until
the inner piston is in its upper most position. (The plunger's operation is similar to a syringe or
bicycle pump).
5. Place the nose of the plunger onto the mating O-ring surface of the valve on the cap. The
sample cup is pressurized by maintaining a downward force on the cylinder in order to hold the
check valve down (open) and at the same time forcing the piston inward. Approximately 220
Newton of force are required on the plunger handle in order to pressurize the sample cup.
6. The check valve in the lid is pressure actuated and will close (move up) under the influence of
pressure within the sample cup. Therefore the valve is closed by gradually easing up on the
plunger cylinder while maintaining pressure on the piston. When the check valve closes,
disconnect the plunger from the lid, rinse the cup in water and wipe it dry.
7. Place the pressurized balance with the knife edge on the fulcrum of the balance stand. Adjust
the sliding weight on the balance beam until the bubble oscillates equally to the left and right
of the centering mark above the bubble vial. Note the value of the specific gravity at this point.
8. The density is recorded in kg/m3 as determined by multiplying the specific gravity by 1000.
9. The pressure in the mud balance is now released by reconnecting the empty plunger to the lid
and pushing downward to the plunger cylinder while permitting the handle to move freely. To
complete the procedure all components should be washed and rinsed thoroughly.
NOTE: For trouble free operation the valve, lid and cylinder should be greased frequently with
water proof grease such as "Lubri-Plate".

Rev. 0 Page 47
NOTES:

Rev. 0 Page 48
-2-
OIL BASED FLUIDS
Issue 1: November 2004 OBM Analysis

Rev. 0 Page 49
2.1 WHOLE MUD ALKALINITY
Equipment:
1. n-propoxypropanol solvent
(or isopropyl alcohol / hexyl alcohol = 50/50)
3. 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask
4. Magnetic stirrer
6. Graduated Pipettes (1 ml)
7. Glass syringe (5 ml)
Procedure:
1. To 50 ml of n- propoxypropanol, add 1.0 ml of oil mud, and stir well on magnetic stirrer.
2. Add 100 ml of distilled water and 5 drops of phenolphthalein indicator.
3. While rapidly stirring, slowly titrate entire mixture with N/10 (0.1N) H2SO4 until the pink color
disappears.
4. Wait for 5 minutes without stirring: if no pink colors appears, then record the ml of N/10
Sulfuric acid required as VSA.
5. If solution turns pink, then titrate until the pink color disappears*.
6. Record total ml of N/10 Sulfuric acid required as VSA
NOTE: Adequate ventilation should be maintained using this procedure to avoid

inhalation of the organic solvents.
Calculations:
Mud alkalinity (Pom) = VSA
VSA = ml of N/10 (0.1N) H2SO4 required
*NOTE: After pink color disappears, the determination of chloride using silver nitrate
titration may be performed on the same test solution.
Want an excess lime content of 10-20kg/m 3 under normal conditions. If hydrogen

sulfide or CO2 are expected, the excess lime content must be raised to 30-40
kg/m3.
DO NOT THROW OUT SAMPLE. USE IT FOR CHLORIDE DETERMINATION.

Rev. 0 Page 50
2.2 WHOLE MUD CALCIUM
Equipment:
1. n- propoxypropanol solvent
(or isopropyl alcohol / hexyl alcohol = 50/50)
2. Titraver 4000 (or EDTA 0.1M)
3. Calcium buffer (1N NaOH solution)
5. Calver II indicator or murexide
6. Magnetic stirrer + stirring rod
7. Glass syringe (5 ml)
8. 250 ml Erlenmeyer flask
Procedure:
1. To 50 ml of n- proproxypropanol, add 1.0 ml of oil mud. Mix well on magnetic stirrer for 2
minutes to break the emulsion.
2. While stirring, add 100 ml of distilled water, 2 ml of calcium buffer and 0.1-0.2 grams of
Calver II indicator powder.
3. Slowly stir only to agitate the aqueous (lower) phase.
4. Titrate very slowly until the color changes from a light purple to a deep blue.
NOTE: Adequate ventilation should be maintained using this procedure to avoid

inhalation of the organic solvents.
Calculation:
Caom (mg/L) = 4000⋅VT
Caom = Calcium (whole mud) VT = ml of Titraver⋅4000 (or EDTA 0.1M)

Rev. 0 Page 51
2.3 WHOLE MUD CHLORIDES
Equipment:
1. Potassium chromate indicator (5% aqueous solution)
- 0.282N (or 1.0) for high chloride concentrations
3. Graduated pipettes (1 ml )
4. Magnetic stirrer + stirring rod
Procedure:
This titration is performed after determining the POM alkalinity on the titrated sample.
1. Make sure that solution is acidic (add 5 – 10 drops of N/10 sulfuric acid).
2. Add 10 – 15 drops of Potassium Chromate indicator.
3. While rapidly stirring, slowly titrate the mixture with Silver nitrate until the first permanent
red/orange color appears.
NOTE: Adequate ventilation should be maintained using this procedure to avoid inhalation
of the organic solvents.
Calculations:
(a) ClOM = VT⋅1000 (b) ClOM = VT⋅10000
(c) ClOM = VT⋅354.5 (d) ClOM = VT⋅3545
ClOM = whole mud chlorides (mg/L)

VT = ml of: (a) 0.282N AgNO3 (b) 0.0282N AgNO3
(c) 0.1N AgNO3 (d) 0.01N AgNO3

Rev. 0 Page 52
2.4 DENSITY
Equipment:
1. Mud balance
Procedure:
1. The method for obtaining the density of an invert mud is identical to that used for a water-
based fluid. Insure that the invert mud's temperature is approximately room temperature (i.e.
20-25°C) before weighing.
Conversion factors:
kg/m3 = Specific Gravity⋅1000

kg/m3 = pounds/gal (ppg)⋅119.826
kg/m3 = pounds/ft3 (pcf)⋅16.051
pcf ppg
SG (g/cm3) = =
62.43 8.345
Alternate Density measurements with Tru-Wate balance:
The density of mud containing entrained air or gas can be determined more accurately by using the
pressurized fluid density balance (Tru-wate). The pressurized fluid density balance is similar in
operation to the conventional mud balance, the difference being that the slurry sample can be placed
in a fixed volume sample cup under pressure.
The purpose of placing the sample under pressure is to minimize the effect of entrained air or gas
upon slurry density measurements. By pressurizing the sample cup, any entrained air or gas will be
decreased to a negligible volume, thus providing a slurry density measurement more closely in
agreement with that which will be realized under downhole conditions.
Procedure:
1. Fill the sample cup to a level slightly below the upper edge of the cup (approximately ¼ inch).
2. Place the lid on the cup with the attached check valve in the down (open) position. Push the lid
downward into the mouth of the cup until surface contact is made between the outer skirt of the
lid and the upper edge of the cup. Any excess slurry will be expelled through the check valve.
When the lid has been placed on the cup, pull the check valve up in the closed position, rinse
off the cup and threads with oil, and screw the threaded cap on the cup.
3. Fill the plunger by submersing its end in the slurry with the piston rod in the completely inward
position. The piston rod is then drawn upward thereby filling the cylinder with slurry. This
volume should be expelled with the plunger action and refilled with fresh slurry sample to
ensure that this plunger volume is not diluted with liquid remaining from the last clean up of
the plunger mechanism.
4. Push the nose of the plunger onto the mating O-ring surface of the cap valve. Pressurize the
sample cup by maintaining a downward force on the cylinder housing in order to hold the
check valve down (open) and at the same time forcing the piston rod inward. Approximately
50 pounds force or greater should be maintained on the piston rod.
5. The check valve in the lid is pressure actuated; when pressure is placed within the cup, the
check valve gradually ease up on the cylinder housing while maintaining pressure on the piston
rod. When the check valve closes, release pressure on the piston rod before disconnecting the
plunger.

Rev. 0 Page 53
6. The pressurized slurry sample is now ready for weighing. Rinse the exterior of the cup and
wipe dry. Place instrument on the knife edge as illustrated. Move the sliding weight right or
left until the beam is balanced. The beam is balanced when the attached bubble is centered
between the two black marks. Read the density from one of the four calibrated scales on the
arrow side of the sliding weight. The density can be read in units of lb/gal, specific gravity,
psi/1000ft, and lb/ft3.
7. To release the pressure inside the cup reconnect the empty plunger assembly and push
downward on the cylinder housing.
8. Clean the cup and rinse thoroughly with base oil.

Rev. 0 Page 54
2.5 EMULSION STABILITY
This is another indication of the emulsion’s integrity in an Invert emulsion. This test is run after
determining the rheology. The sample remains in the thermo-cup at 50°C and the electrical stability
probe is inserted. The voltage required to break the emulsion is taken while making sure the probe
does not touch any part of the thermo-cup. This test should be taken 3 times with the results
averaged.
Equipment:
1. OFI model 131-50 or FANN model 23D
Test Procedure:
1. Place the fluid in a non-conductive container and heat to 49°C (120°F). (Same temperature
used in Rheology).
2. Insert probe into fluid ensuring that end is totally immersed.
3. Hand-stir the sample with the probe for 10 sec.
4. Depress button on meter until steady reading is observed.
5. Take three readings and average the results. Readings should be recorded in Volts.
6. Clean probe immediately after use.
Discussion of results:
There are many variables involved in the stability of an invert emulsion, thus the emulsion stability
value should be considered with the data from a complete mud check.
As a rule of thumb however, emulsion stability should be at least 250 volts or equal to the bottom
hole temperature (whichever is greater).

Rev. 0 Page 55
2.6 HT/HP FILTRATION
All invert systems should be tested in the following manner for filtration loss since API – 30 minute
(100 psi) does not give accurate fluid loss values for invert drilling fluids at anticipated wellbore
temperatures and pressures.
The HTHP fluid loss is normally operated at bottom hole temperatures with a 3500 kPa (500 psi)
differential pressure. The fluid is collected over 30 minutes and multiplied by 2 before being
reported (half area filter paper is used).
At elevated temperatures (> 100°C) it will be necessary to have a regulator on the bottom to provide
back pressure. The bottom would have 700 kPa (100 psi) and the top would have 4200 kPa (600 psi)
in order to maintain a 500 psi differential.
The absence of water in the filtrate collected indicates that the emulsion is tight.
Equipment:
1. OFI Instruments HTHP Fluid loss apparatus
2. HPHT filter paper
3. Graduated cylinder (5 or 10 ml)
Test Procedure:
1. Connect the heating jacket to power supply (be sure that voltage is adequate) before test is to
be made. Place a thermometer in the thermometer well. Preheat the heating jacket to the
desired temperature. Adjust the thermostat in order to maintain constant temperature.
2. Load the cell taking care not to fill the cell closer than 25 mm (1 inch) from top to allow for
expansion.
3. Place the cell into the heating jacket with both top and bottom valve-stems closed. Transfer
thermometer from well to cell.
4. Place the pressure unit on the top valve and lock in place. Place the bottom pressure receiver
and lock in place. Apply 100 psi to both pressure units with valve stems closed. Open top valve
and apply 100 psi to the fluid while heating.
5. When sample reaches desired temperature, increase the pressure of the top pressure unit to
4100 kPa (600 psi) and open the bottom valve to start filtration. Collect the filtrate for 30 min,
maintaining temperature ± 3°C. If desired, record surge volume after 2 seconds. If back
pressure rose above 100 psi during the test, cautiously reduce the pressure by drawing off a
portion of the filtrate. Record the total volume.
6. The filtrate volume should be corrected to a filter area of 45.8 cm2. (The filter area is 22.9 cm2,
so double filtrate volume and report.)
7. At the end of the test, close both valve stems. Back T-screw off and bleed pressure from both
regulators. CAUTION: Filter cell will still contain approximately 500 psi. Maintain cell in
upright position and cool to room temperature before releasing cell pressure.
8. After the cell has cooled and the pressure has been bled off, the cell may be inverted to loosen
the cap screws with an Allen wrench, remove the cap with a gentle rocking motion, carefully
retain the filter cake for analysis and thoroughly clean and dry all components.
Calculations:
HPHT filtrate (ml) = 2⋅V
V = filtrate volume (after 30 min) (ml)

Rev. 0 Page 56
NOTE: Applied minimum back pressure depends on test temperature:
Test temperature Minimum back pressure

°F °C psi kPa
212 100 100 690
250 121 100 690
300 149 100 690
350 177 160 1104
400 204 275 1898
450 232 450 3105
WARNING: Do not use nitrous oxide cartridges: under HPHT conditions it can detonate in the
presence of oil and grease.

Rev. 0 Page 57
2.7 RETORT ANALYSIS (O/W ratio)
In order to prevent retort error, it is important to use a variable temperature retort when testing an oil
mud. Heat sample to the temperature required to distil water by raising the temperature to 160°C
(325°F). After allowing the water sufficient time to distil over, then the temperature can be raised to
ensure all the oil is distilled. Again, gradually raise the temperature and hold where oil is distilling,
as there will be retort error due to flashing-off of oil at extreme temperatures.
It is important to realize that drilled solids can contain water within their mineral matrix. If a system
has sufficient drilled solids, water can be distilled at extreme temperatures, again, giving retort error.
This could be a problem in a pure oil system because the results would indicate free water.
Equipment:
1. 20 / 50 ml variable retort
2. Retort cylinder (% graduation)
3. Steel wool, anti-seize grease
Procedure:
1. Fill the chamber with a freshly obtained mud sample, avoiding air bubbles entrapment into
sample.
2. Place the lid on the chamber allowing any excess mud to escape.
3. Remove the lid from the chamber being careful not to remove any fluid adhering to the lid.
4. Add 5-6 drops of liquid steel wool or pack steel wool around the upper portion of the
immersion heater. The solid steel wool will give better oil/water separation.
5. Apply lubricant/grease on threads.
6. Screw the lower retort chamber into the upper chamber while maintaining both chambers in an
upright position.
7. Attach the assembled retort to the condenser. Add a drop of wetting agent (aerosol) to a
graduated cylinder and place it under the drain of condenser.
8. Gradually increase temperature by raising temperature from 325°F to 450°F, and finally 950°F.
Heating is usually 30-60 minutes, depending on fluid type.
9. Centrifuge sample if necessary to separate the oil and water layers. If emulsion at interface is
present, heat the graduated cylinder carefully along the emulsion by touching it with the hot
retort chamber: the emulsion will separate into 2 layers.
Calculations: OIL and WATER %
Oil/water percentage is calculated as follows:
100 ⋅ VO 100 ⋅VW

%O = %W = %S = 100 – (%O + %W) (a)
VR VR
%O = percent oil in liquid phase %W = percent water in liquid phase

%S = percent retort solids VR = retort cup volume (ml)
VO = ml of oil (from retort) VW = ml of water (from retort)

Rev. 0 Page 58
Calculations: CORRECTED RETORT VALUES
Corrected retort values for solids and brine are calculated by using the volume increase factor:
dW
F=
ρ B ⋅ (1 − 0.01 ⋅ S )
F = volume increase factor dW = water density (assume 1.000 sg)

ρB = brine density (from salt tables, sg) S = %w salt in brine (from salt tables, sg)
Then,
%S
%SC = %BC = %W + (%S – %SC)
F
%SC = corrected solids % %S = percent retort solids

%BC = corrected brine % %W = percent water in liquid phase
Oil/brine ratio (O/B) is then calculated as follows:
%O
O= ⋅100
%O + % BC
% BC
B= ⋅100
%O + % BC
%O = % oil (from retort) %BC = corrected brine %

Rev. 0 Page 59
2.8 LIME AND SALINITY
A. Excess Lime
It is also called whole mud Lime content.
Calculation:
LimeOM (ppb) = 1.295⋅VSA LimeOM (kg/m3) = 3.69⋅VSA (a)
LimeOM = Ca(OH)2
VSA = ml of 0.1N sulfuric acid
B. Calcium Chloride and Sodium Chloride

It is the salt content in the whole mud. Oil based mud may contain both CaCl2 and NaCl.
Calculations:
CaCl2OM (mg/L) = 2.774⋅CaOM (b)
CaCl2 (kg/m3) = 0.002774⋅CaOM CaCl2 (ppb) = 0.000971⋅CaOM
CaCl2OM = mg/L of CaCl2 in whole mud VSA = ml of 0.1N sulfuric acid
The chlorides due to CaCl2 can be determined as follows, by calcium analysis:
ClCaCl2 (mg/L) = 1.77⋅CaOM (c)
Two cases are possible:
1. ClCaCl2 ≥ ClOM: only CaCl2 is present (no NaCl in mud):
Calcium chloride content is calculated by equation (d) instead of (b).
CaCl2OM (mg/L) = 1.57⋅CaOM (d)
CaCl2 (kg/m3) = 0.00157⋅CaOM CaCl2 (ppb) = 0.00035⋅CaOM
2. ClOM > ClCaCl2: both CaCl2 and NaCl are present
In this case, Calcium chloride is determined by equation (b). To determine NaCl in the whole
mud and chlorides from NaCl, use the following:
ClNaCl (mg/L) = ClOM (mg/L) – ClCaCl2 (mg/L)
NaClOM (mg/L) = 1.65⋅ClNaCl (e)
NaCl (kg/m3) = 0.00157⋅NaClOM NaCl (ppb) = 0.00035⋅NaClOM

Rev. 0 Page 60
C. Aqueous Phase Salt Content
To determine salt content in the aqueous phase only (not in the whole mud).
Calculations:
100 ⋅ CaCl 2 OM
WCaCl2 = (f)
CaCl 2 OM + NaClOM + %W
WCaCl2 = %w of CaCl2 in brine %W = % volume of water (from retort)
100 ⋅ NaClOM
WNaCl = (g)
CaCl 2 OM + NaClOM + %W
WNaCl = %w of NaCl in brine %W = % volume of water (from retort)
The CaCl2 and NaCl concentration in the aqueous phase are therefore:
CCaCl2 (ppm) = 10000⋅WCaCl2 CCaCl2 (mg/L) = 10000⋅WCaCl2⋅ρB (h)
CNaCl (ppm) = 10000⋅WNaCl CCaCl2 (mg/L) = 10000⋅WCaCl2⋅ρB (i)
Where ρB is the density of the brine and is calculated as follows:
ρB = 0.99707 + 0.006504⋅WNaCl + 0.007923⋅WCaCl2 + 8.3334⋅10-5⋅ WNaCl⋅WCaCl2 +

4.395⋅10-5⋅(WNaCl)2 + 4.964⋅10-5⋅(WCaCl2)2

Rev. 0 Page 61
2.9 OIL/WATER RATIO AND SOLIDS
A. Corrected Solids
It takes into account volume occupied by solids both in oil and in brine.
Calculation:
Volume percent of brine is calculated as follows:
100 ⋅ %W
%B = (a)
ρ B ⋅ [100 − (W NaCl + WCaCl 2 )
%B = %v of brine %W = %v of water (from retort)
The volume percent of corrected solids is therefore:
VCS = 100 – (%O + %B)
VCS = %v of corrected solids %O = %v of oil (from retort)
B. Oil/Water Ratio (O/W)

It is calculated as follows:
Calculation:
100 ⋅ %O 100 ⋅ %W
O= (b) W= (c)
%O + %W %O + %W
O
O/W =
W
O = oil percentage in the O/W ratio

W = water percentage in the O/W ratio

Rev. 0 Page 62
C. Average Density of Suspended Solids
Drill solids consists both in low-gravity solids (LGS) and high-gravity solids (HGS).
Average density of solids contained in OBM is calculated as follows:
Calculation:
100 ⋅ d − %O ⋅ ρ O − VB ⋅ ρ B ⋅ 8.345
ρS (ppg) = (d)
8.345 ⋅VCS
ρO = oil base density (ppg) ρS = average density of solids (g/cm3)

d = mud density (ppg) VCS = volume % of corrected solids
VB = %v brine ρB = brine density (ppg)
D. LGS and HGS

The %v of HGS and LGS is:
Calculation:
ρ S − ρ LDS
VHGS = ⋅VCS VLGS = VCS – VHGS
ρ HDS − ρ LGS
VHGS = %v of HGS ρS = average density of solids (g/cm3)

ρHGS = density of HGS (g/cm3) ρLGS = density of LGS (g/cm3)
VLGS = %v of LGS VCS = %v of corrected solids
The concentration of HGS and LGS is:
CHGS = 3.5⋅ρHGS⋅VHGS CLGS = 3.5⋅ρLGS⋅VLGS
CHGS = HGS concentration (ppb) CLGS = LGS concentration (ppb)

Rev. 0 Page 63
2.10 RHEOLOGY
When measuring the rheology of oil based drilling fluid, generally near bottom hole temperatures are
used. A thermo-cup is used in order to heat the drilling fluid. A temperature of 49°C or 120°F is
normally used.
Equipment (Method 1):

1. Marsh Funnel
The procedure for obtaining viscosity of oil- and water-based fluid are identical.

1. FANN 6-Speed Viscometer Model 35 or equivalent (OFI model 800)
Procedure:
1. Place a sample of drilling fluid in a heat cup. Leave enough empty volume in the cup for the
displacement of the viscometer bob and sleeve.
2. Heat the sample to the selected temperature. Intermittent or constant shear at the 600 rpm
speed should be used to stir the sample while heating to obtain a uniform sample temperature.
After the cup temperature has reached selected temperature, immerse the thermometer into the
sample and continue stirring until the sample reaches the selected temperature.
3. With the sleeve rotating at 600 rpm, wait for dial reading to reach a steady value (the time
required is dependent on the mud characteristics). Record the dial reading for 600 rpm.
4. Shift to 300 rpm and wait for dial reading to reach steady value. Record the dial readings.
5. Stir drilling fluid sample for 10 seconds at high speed.
6. Allow mud to stand undisturbed for 10 seconds. Slowly and steadily turn on the viscometer at
3 rpm. The maximum reading is the initially gel strength. Record the initial gel strength (10”
gel). See calculations below.
7. Re-stir the mud at high speed for 10 seconds and then allow the mud to stand undisturbed for
10 minutes. Repeat the measurement at 3 rpm as above and report maximum dial reading as
10’ gel.
Calculations:
Apparent viscosity, AV (cP) = θ600/2
Plastic viscosity, PV (cP) = θ600 – θ300
Yield Point, YP (lb/100ft 2) = θ300 – PV
θ 300 − PV
Yield Point, YP (g/100cm2) = = AV – PV
2
Gel strength (lb/100ft2) = θ3 for 0”, 10” or 10’
θ3
Gel strength (g/100cm2) = for 0”, 10” or 10’
2
θ600 = 600 rpm reading θ300 = 300 rpm reading θ3 = 3 rpm reading

Rev. 0 Page 64
2.11 ACTIVITY MEASUREMENTS
An important aspect of the brine phase is referred to as "activity". The term activity, in a drilling
sense, describes the tendency for the movement of water vapor from an area of low salt
concentration to an area of high salinity. The water activity (Aw) is measured as a fraction of the
vapor pressure of water or relative humidity.
In an invert emulsion drilling fluid the brine phase is not isolated from the formation by the oil
phase. Water vapor may pass from the brine droplet into the formation or vice-versa depending upon
the osmotic pressure differential between the brine phase and the formation. The osmotic pressure of
the formation or brine phase is a measure of the activity and salinity of the formation and brine. The
concentration of salt in the brine phase will largely determine whether water will flow from the brine
to the formation, from the formation into the brine phase or whether there will be no net movement
of water in either direction.
Equipment:
1. A2101 AwQuick bench meter / HygroPalm Aw 1 hand held meter
Procedure:
1. Place sample in cup (clear plastic 5ml dish) provided up to the fill line.
2. Close cup with cover and place sample in the same general area as the probe to equalize the
temperature to ambient.
3. When sample is ready, remove cover from the sample cup and place the cup inside the holder.
4. Put the probe on top of the sample holder. Make sure that the probe rests properly on the
sample holder so that the O-ring located at the bottom of the probe can seal the sample.
5. Verify that the red LED at the top of the probe is flashing (fan indicator).
6. Immediately after placing the probe on top of the sample holder, press the ENTER key on the
AwQuick 2101 meter to start the measurement.
7. Instrument will notify that reading has been obtained through a series of beeps.
8. If the temperature is not stable (+ 1°C) during the measurements, a warning is given on the
readout. (i.e. + TS)
9. Press enter again, until temperature stabilizes and a reading is obtained.
10. The activity meter must be located in a stable temperature environment to operate properly, i.e.
no drafts, heaters or fans located nearby.

Rev. 0 Page 65
Rev. 0 Page 66
-3-
COMPLETION FLUIDS
(CLEAR BRINES)
Issue 1: November 2004 Brine Analysis

Rev. 0 Page 67
3.1 DENSITY

1. Mud balance
The procedure is the same as for WBM and OBM.

1. Hydrometers set (ranging from 0.8 to 2.4 sg)
2. 500 ml glass cylinder
3. Glass thermometer (0 – 100 °C)
Hydrometers are more accurate than mud balance (accuracy: ± 0.002 g/cm3). Density measurement
is greatly affected by temperature.
Procedure:
1. Pour a sufficient brine volume into a 500 ml glass cylinder.

2. Record sample temperature.
3. Place the adequate hydrometer into the cylinder: it must float freely away from the walls of
cylinder.
4. If hydrometer touches the bottom of cylinder, choose another one.
5. Read the density value at the point at which brine surface cuts hydrometer stem scale.
6. The measured density must be corrected to 70 °F (21.1 °C) by use of following formulas.
Calculations:
D70 = Dm + (T m – 70)⋅CF
D70 = corrected density @ 70 °F (ppg) Dm = measured density @ T m temperature (ppg)

Tm = measured temperature (°F) CF = correction factor
CF = – 5.9659⋅10-4 + 8.341⋅10-4⋅Dm – 6.904⋅10-5⋅Dm2 + 2.1795⋅10-6⋅Dm3
Correction factor CF can be also determined by measuring brine density at 2 different temperatures:
D1 − D2
CF =
T2 − T1
D1 = density at the lower temperature (ppg) T1 = lower temperature (°F)

D2 = density at the upper temperature (ppg) T2 = upper temperature (°F)

Rev. 0 Page 68
3.2 TURBIDITY
Brine turbidity is due to suspended solids, insoluble in water. Quantity, type and particle size
distribution of solids affect brine quality.
Turbidity is expressed as Nephelometric Turbidity Units (NTU): low NTU values indicate that brine
is “clear” (low solids content).
Equipment:
1. Turbidity meter (HANNA, mod. HI 93703) or equivalent.
Turbidity range: Low-range: 0 – 50 NTU
High-range: 50 – 1000 NTU
Turbidity is not a measure of concentration of suspended solids, but a measure of their particle size
distribution (PSD), shape, refractive index. Estimation of solids concentration by turbidity
measurement can be done only if a calibration curve is generated.
Coarse solids (greater than 200 mesh, 75 µm) are not determined with this method.
Procedure:
1. Collect a 100-ml sample of brine and pour it into a 200 mesh (75 µm) screen. Recover the
sieved brine.
2. Turn on the instrument and fill a clean cuvet with the filtered sample up to ¼” inch (0.5 cm)
from its rim.
3. Tighten the cap and wipe the cuvet with a clean paper. Do not touch the cuvet with fingers!
4. Place the cuvet into the cell and check that notch on the cap is positioned securely into the
groove.
5. Be sure that the mark on cuvet cap points towards the LCD.
6. Press “READY” key and wait for 25 – 30 seconds. Record the value displayed.
7. Clean as soon as possible the cuvet with the cleaning solution or distilled water.
Calibration:
A monthly calibration is recommended. To check last calibration date, just hold “DATE” for few
seconds.
1. Turn on the instrument and press “CAL”.
2. When “CAL” message is blinking (about 6 sec) press “CAL” again, other wise calibration is
stopped.
3. In the calibration mode “CL” will appear at the bottom of display: the new date of calibration
can be edited simply pressing “DATE” and after “READY” (format: MM.DD).
4. To confirm displayed data press “CAL” and “ZERO” will be displayed.
5. Fill the cuvet with the 0 NTU standard provided (code HI 93703-0) and press “CAL”: after
about 50 seconds the measurement is completed and will be displayed the next standard
required, 10 NTU solution (code HI 93703-10).
6. Fill the cuvet with 10 NTU standard solution and press “CAL”: after about 50 seconds the
measurement is completed and the instrument is calibrated.

Rev. 0 Page 69
3.3 CRYSTALLIZATION TEMPERATURE
The actual crystallization temperature (T C) of brine is the temperature at which a solid (salt or ice)
will begin to form out of solution if given sufficient time and proper nucleating agents.
TC is the temperature at which the brine is saturated with one or more salts that it contains. At this
temperature, the least soluble salt’s solubility is exceeded and crystallizes. Cooling brine below TC
results in additional formation of salt crystals.
Salt precipitation due to temperatures lower than TC can lead to several problems (settling, plugging
…) and brine viscosity rises. During crystallization, brine volume doesn’t expand (water expands
when becomes ice).
TC depends on brine density: TC decreases until salt saturation is reached; when salt concentration is
greater than saturation, then T C increases with salt concentration.
Several TC can be determined for brines:
• FCTA (First Crystal To Appear): it is the temperature at which visible crystals start to
form;
• TCT (True Crystallization Temperature): it is the maximum temperature reached
following the super-cooling minimum. If no super-cooling occurs, TCT = FCTA; it is the
best measure of TC for a brine;
• LCTD ( Last Crystal To Dissolve): it is the temperature at which, during heating, crystals
disappear.
Super-cooling effect appears when brines are cooled below TC and no crystals form due to lack of
nucleating agents (BaO, Ba(OH)2, CaCO3, bentonite…).
When crystals begin to form at FCTA, the heat released by the crystallization process increases brine
temperature; further, the formation of crystals lowers the salt concentration in the remaining brine.
In mixed brines, NaCl and KCl are less soluble than CaCl2, CaBr2, ZnBr2.
Equipment:
1. Brine crystallization kit
2. Bath temperatures:
Ice/Water slurry (50/50): 0°C (32°F)
Ice/Saltwater slurry (50 Ice + 50 saturated NaCl solution): -15/-12°C (5/10°F)
Ice/CaCl2 slurry (50 Ice + 50 CaCl2 solution: 50g of CaCl2 in 50g water): -40°C (-
40°F)
The instrument permits determination of TCT, FCTA and LCTD.
Procedure:
1. Measure approximately 25 ml of brine and pour into container.

2. Add nucleating agent to sample and put in the proper cooling bath, measuring brine
temperature with thermometer.
3. Stir the brine and record the temperature decrease.
4. Record the minimum temperature reached before crystals begin to form as FCTA.
5. Record maximum temperature achieved immediately after crystallization has occurred as TCT.
Temperature should stabilize after 10 – 20 sec; if not super-cooling effects are present and test
must be repeated using a warmer bath.
6. Allow brine to warm slowly: record the temperature at which all crystals are dissolved as
LCTD.
7. Repeat this procedure at least 3 times and calculate the average value for each temperature.

Rev. 0 Page 70
3.4 CHEMICAL ANALYSIS
Chemical analysis can be done directly on a measured volume of brine sample.
A. Calcium
The procedure is the same described for Calcium hardness in WBM.
Equipment :
1. Titraver 4000 or EDTA 0.1M
2. Calver II indicator or murexide (to distinguish calcium from magnesium)
3. Sodium hydroxide (0.1N) solution (to distinguish calcium from magnesium)
5. Distilled water
Procedure:
1. Using a pipette, measure 1.0 ml of brine into a white titration dish and dilute with a small
amount of distilled water.
2. Add 2 drops of 0.1N NaOH (sodium hydroxide). Solution pH must be approx. 12 – 13.
3. Add several grains of calver II (or murexide) and swirl or stir to mix.
4. Using a pipette, titrate with titraver (or EDTA) to a colour change from red to blue.
Calculation:
Calcium (Ca+2, kg/m3) = 0.4⋅V
NOTE: Zinc ion interferes with this titration if present. In this case, quantity determined is the
sum of Ca +2 and Zn+2.

Rev. 0 Page 71
B. Chlorides and Bromides
The procedure is the same described for chlorides in WBM.
Equipment:
- 1N (or 0.282N) for high chloride concentrations
2. Potassium chromate indicator (5% solution)
3. Sulfuric acid (N/50)
6. Titration beaker (100 ml)
Test Procedure:
1. Measure 1.0 ml of brine sample into a white titration beaker and dilute to convenient volume
with distilled water.
2. Add a few drops of phenolphthalein. If a pink colour develops add N/50 sulfuric acid until the
pink colour completely disappears (it is not necessary to record the volume of N/50 sulfuric
acid added)
3. Add 4 drops of potassium chromate to obtain a yellow colour.
4. Add silver nitrate while stirring until the colour changes from yellow to orange-red (brick red)
or first color change that persists for 30 seconds.
NOTE: If chlorides and bromides are both present in brine formulation, then they are titrated
together. In this case, quantity determined is the sum of Cl- and Br-. This quantity can
be expressed as only Cl- or Br-.
Calculations:
1. For NaCl, KCl, NaBr brines:
kg/m3 = VT⋅F
VT = ml of Silver Nitrate F = correction factor
Silver Nitrate concentration

0.1N 1.0N 0.0282N 0.282N
Cl- = 3.545 Cl- = 35.45 Cl- = 1.0 Cl- = 10.0
Br-= 7.99 -
Br = 79.9 Br-= 2.25 Br-= 22.5
NaCl = 5.845 NaCl = 58.45 NaCl = 1.65 NaCl = 16.50
NaBr = 10.29 NaBr = 102.9 NaBr = 2.90 NaBr = 29.0
KCl = 7.455 KCl = 74.55 KCl = 2.10 KCl = 21.0
Correction factors.

Rev. 0 Page 72
2. For CaCl2, CaBr2, ZnBr2 brines:
kg/m3 = VT⋅F
VT = ml of Silver Nitrate F = correction factor
Silver Nitrate
0.1N 1.0N 0.0282N 0.282N
Cl- = 7.09 Cl- = 70.9 Cl- = 1.99 Cl- = 19.9
Br-= 15.98 Br-= 159.8 Br-= 4.50 Br-= 45.0
CaCl2 = 11.10 CaCl2 = 111.0 CaCl2 = 3.13 CaCl2 = 31.3
CaBr2 = 19.99 CaBr2 = 199.9 CaBr2 = 5.64 CaBr2 = 56.4
Correction factors.

Rev. 0 Page 73
NOTES:

Rev. 0 Page 74
-4-
AVA FLUID SYSTEMS
Issue 1: November 2004 AVA Systems Analysis

Rev. 0 Page 75
4.1 AVAGLYCO, AVAGLYCO MP
The most suitable methods for rig site glycol analysis are refractometric analysis and cloud point
determination.
The value of refractive index is affected by many factors, such as solids, organic polymers (PAC,
CMC …) and inorganic salts.
In a mud system, glycol concentration is determined measuring the refractive index of filtrate with a
refractometer; it is converted to glycol concentration through a calibration graph.
The use of a commercial refractometer with 0 – 32 (or 0 – 18) °Brix scale reading is very useful
(Brix degrees can be simply converted in refractive index).
The cloud point temperature depends both on glycol and salt concentration (KCl, NaCl, …).
Determination of cloud point in mud system can be quite difficult especially if there are suspended
solids.
Tables can help in evaluating cloud point of mud system, as function of glycol and salt
concentrations.
A. Refractive index method

Equipment:
1. Portable Refractometer
2. Plastic Pasteur
Procedure:
1. Prepare at least 3 standard solutions with concentration ranging from 10.0 to 50.0 kg/m3.
Standard glycol solutions must be as close as possible to filtrate composition.
2. Put a drop of distilled water on refractometer: it must indicate 0 °Brix. If not so, adjust
calibration screw until 0 °Brix are displayed.
3. Put a drop of standard glycol solutions at different concentrations and read.
4. Draw a calibration curve using the standard solutions.
5. Put a drop of filtrate and compare with calibration curve.
NOTE: Clean refractometer display with adsorbent paper after each measurement.
Calculations:
Brix degree can be converted into glycol concentration after calibration curve has been determined.

Rev. 0 Page 76
NOTE: If refractometer used displays refractive index instead of Brix degrees, then the
following correlation chart can be used.
°Brix n20 °Brix n20 °Brix n20 °Brix n20

0 1.33299 26 1.37406 52 1.42433 78 1.48552
1 1.33442 27 1.37582 53 1.42647 79 1.48810
2 1.33586 28 1.37758 54 1.42862 80 1.49071
3 1.33732 29 1.37936 55 1.43080 81 1.49333
4 1.33879 30 1.38115 56 1.43299 82 1.49597
5 1.34026 31 1.38296 57 1.43520 83 1.49862
6 1.34175 32 1.38478 58 1.43743 84 1.50129
7 1.34325 33 1.38661 59 1.43967 85 1.50398
8 1.34476 34 1.38846 60 1.44193 86 1.50671
9 1.34629 35 1.39032 61 1.44420 87 1.50944
10 1.34782 36 1.39220 62 1.44650 88 1.51219
11 1.34937 37 1.39409 63 1.44881 89 1.51496
12 1.35093 38 1.39600 64 1.45113 90 1.51775
13 1.35250 39 1.39792 65 1.45348 91 1.52056
14 1.35408 40 1.39986 66 1.45584 92 1.52338
15 1.35568 41 1.40181 67 1.45822 93 1.52622
16 1.35729 42 1.40378 68 1.46061 94 1.52909
17 1.35891 43 1.40576 69 1.46203 95 1.53196
18 1.36054 44 1.40776 70 1.46546
19 1.36218 45 1.40978 71 1.46790
20 1.36384 46 1.41181 72 1.47037
21 1.36551 47 1.41385 73 1.47285
22 1.36720 48 1.41592 74 1.47535
23 1.36889 49 1.41799 75 1.47787
24 1.37060 50 1.42009 76 1.48040
25 1.37233 51 1.42220 77 1.48295
n20 is refractive index @ 20°C.
INTERFERENCES: The followings products interfere with this determination:

Sorbitol-based compounds, such as Avabiolube

Rev. 0 Page 77
4.2 AVAPOLYSIL, AVASILIX, AVASHALESTOP/ACT,
AVA EXTRA-DRILL
To determine AVAPOLYSIL, AVASILIX 39 or AVASILIX 22, AVSHALESTOP/ACT and AVA

EXTRA-DRILL concentration in WBM, a colorimetric method for silica is used.
At pH 1 – 2 soluble silicates react with ammonium molibdate to form silico-molibdic acid; this acid
is reduced by “methol” (n-p-methylaminophenol sulphate) in a silico-molibdic blue complex.
Chemical reaction that takes place is the following one:
H4SiO4 + 12 H2MoO4 ⇒ H4Si(Mo3O10)4 + 12 H2O Methol

→ Blue complex
Equipment:
1. Silica kit (Carlo Erba “Idrimeter” or equivalent)
2. Bi-distilled water
3. Graduated Pipette (5 ml)
Procedure:
1. Pour 2 portions of 5.0 ml filtrate into the 2 vials (left side: blank – right side: sample)
2. Into the right vial add 4 drops of Reagent A. Shake the sample and wait for 10 min.
3. Add into the right vial 4 drops of Reagent B and 4 drops of Reagent C.
4. Wait for 5 min and compare the colors of the 2 vials.
5. If necessary, using a graduated pipette, put the adequate filtrate volume into a volumetric flask
to dilute it. Dilution ratio depends on concentration of silicate into the drilling fluids and on the
range of concentration detectable with the kit used.
NOTE: Colorimetric kit permits determination of silica at concentrations of:

0.2 mg/L < SiO2 < 5.0 mg/L.
NOTE: Average percentage of silicate (express as SiO2) contained in AVA products are
the followings:
AVAPOLYSIL %SiO2 = 12% ± 1%
AVASILIX 22 %SiO2 = 27 ± 1%
AVASILIX 39 %SiO2 = 28 ± 1%
AVA EXTRA-DRILL %SiO2 = 2.5 ± 0.5%
AVASHALESTOP/ACT %SiO2 = 12% ± 1%
INTERFERENCES: The followings ions interfere with this determination:

Iron and Copper if conc. >50 ppm;
Calcium, Magnesium, Potassium, and Sodium if conc. >500 ppm;
Phosphates if conc. >500 ppm.

Rev. 0 Page 78
4.3 AVACLAYBLOCK, AVAFASTDRILL,
AVASHALESTOP, AVAPOLYMER 5050
Determination of AVACLAYBLOCK is based upon a colorimetric method and is therefore a semi-

quantitative analysis.
Equipment:
1. Boric acid 4%
2. Iodine/Iodide (I2/I-) solution (indicator)
4. Beaker (100 ml)
5. Distilled water
Procedure:
Standard solutions must be as close as possible to filtrate composition.
2. Add a few drops of indicator to these solutions.
3. To 5.0 ml of filtrate, add 1.5 ml of boric acid solution and a few drops of indicator.
4. Wait for 15 minutes.
5. Compare color with the one obtained using the standard solutions.
NOTE: Preparation of I2/I- solution: add 12.5 g of KI to 100 ml of distilled water; add
then 6.35 g of I2. After solubilization, dilute to 500 ml. Store solution in a dark
bottle. Shelf life is about 3 months.

Glycol compounds, such as Avaglyco;
Sorbitol-based compounds, such as Avabiolube

Rev. 0 Page 79
4.4 AVADES 100
AVADES 100 is based on triazine derivatives; it reacts rapidly and irreversibly with H2S.
Test is therefore used to determine Avades 100 excess in WBM. This quantity can be estimated by
detection of total formaldehyde in filtrate. Quantity of formaldehyde is directly related to presence of
free (non-reacted) triazine.
This is a colorimetric test, based on the following chemical reactions:
CH2O + Na2SO3 ⇒ CH2O4SNa2

CH2O4SNa2 + 2HCl ⇒ 2NaCl + SO 2 + H2O + CH2O
Although test is semi-quantitative, results can be interpreted as follows:

• Positive test (presence of formaldehyde): Avades 100 is still present in mud (no H2S is
present)
• Negative test (absence or little presence of formaldehyde): Avades 100 has been consumed
totally by H2S. It is necessary add it again to the mud in order to scavenge remaining quantity
of H2S.
Equipment 1:
1. Formaldehyde kit (Hanna mod. HI 3838 or similar)
Equipment 2:
1. Reagent 1: Alizarin Yellow solution (indicator)
2. Reagent 2: Sodium Sulfite, powder
3. Reagent 3: Hydrochloric acid < 20%
4. Graduated pipettes (1 ml and/or 5 ml)
5. Beaker (100 ml)
6. Syringe (0.01 ml division)
Procedure:
Test can detect both high (0 – 10%) and low (0 – 1%) formaldehyde concentration. For rig analysis,
procedure for low range is usually used.
A. High range (0 – 10 %):

1. Put 0.5 ml of filtrate into the beaker. Dilute with 4.5 ml of distilled water (up to the mark).
2. Add 2 drops of Reagent 1 (indicator).
3. Add few grains of Reagent 2: if formaldehyde is present a red-orange color will appear.
4. Fill the syringe with Reagent 3 and titrate drop-by drop until color change to yellow.
B. Low Range (0 – 1 %):

1. Put 5.0 ml of filtrate into the beaker.
2. Add 2 drops of Reagent 1 (indicator).
3. Add few grains of Reagent 2: if formaldehyde is present a red-orange color will appear.
4. Fill the syringe with Reagent 3 and titrate drop-by drop until color change to yellow.
NOTE: 1 ppm of formaldehyde corresponds approx. to 4.6 ppm of Avades 100.

Calibration curve can be useful to have better results.

Rev. 0 Page 80
Calculations:
If High range (0 – 10 %) method is used:
AVADES 100 (kg/m3) = VT⋅460
If Low range (0 – 1 %) method is used:
AVADES 100 (kg/m3) = VT⋅46
VT = ml of Reagent 3 used
NOTE: Factors used in formulas are indicatives.
INTERFERENCES: A. Sodium Sulfite (DEOXY SS):

DEOXY SS can react with formaldehyde coming from Avades 100: this
reaction is influenced by pH. Under alkaline or neutral conditions (as in
drilling fluids), formaldehyde is released from Avades 100 slowly and
therefore formaldehyde concentration is low.
DEOXY SS is therefore available for scavenging oxygen.
B. Filtrate alkalinity:
Test is based on acid-base titration with colorimetric indicator (range of
color change: 10.5 < pH < 12.0). Therefore alkaline products such as
Caustic Soda, Caustic Potash, Sodium Carbonate, Potassium Carbonate
… can cause positive interference.
NOTE: Test doesn’t represent a hazard to human health because of small

quantities of formaldehyde involved (< 1 – 2%) and because
formaldehyde is present only in aqueous solution.

Rev. 0 Page 81
4.5 AVAPOLYOIL (DEEPDRILL™)
AVAPOLYOIL (DEEPDRILL™) is a blend of polyhydroxyl alcohols; its determination in drilling

fluids is based upon a refractometric method.
Equipment:
2. Plastic Pasteur
Procedure:
Analysis of filtrate chlorides must be performed prior to begin testing.

3. Put a drop of standard solutions at different concentrations and read.
Calculation:
( R − 2.58) − (0.000138 ⋅ Cl )
Avapolyoil (%v) =
0.558
R = refractometer reading (°Brix) Cl = filtrate chlorides (mg/L)

Avapolyoil = volume %
NOTE: Carefully clean refractometer display with adsorbent paper after each
measurement taking care not to scratch the lens.

Glycol compounds, such as Avaglyco

Rev. 0 Page 82
4.6 AVABIOLUBE
AVABIOLUBE is polysorbitol-based compound; its determination in drilling fluids is based upon a

refractometric method.
Equipment:
2. Plastic Pasteur
Procedure:
3. Put a drop of standard solutions at different concentrations and read.
NOTE: Clean refractometer display with adsorbent paper after each

measurement.

Glycol compounds, such as Avaglyco

Rev. 0 Page 83
4.7 DEOXY DEHA
DEOXY DEHA is oxygen scavenger product based on amine compounds. Excess of product in
drilling fluids must be guaranteed and therefore its determination is important.
Test is based on a colorimetric reaction and is performed according ASTM D-5543/94 procedure.
Equipment:
1. Dissolved oxygen kit (Chemetrics code K-7501
or similar): 0 – 1 ppm O2
Procedure:
1. Insert the glass ampoule into the mud sample with the pointed end down.
2. Allow the sample to flow in at least 5 min.
3. Gently press the ampoule toward the wall of sampling tube to snap the tip and remove the
ampoule, keeping the tip down, immediately after filling is complete.
4. Place a finger over the broken tip (CAUTION: glass may be sharp). Invert the ampoule
several times to allow mixing of content.
5. Compare color developed (pink) in the ampoule by placing it in the center of the comparator,
with the flat end downward.
6. Rotate wheel until the color in the ampoule matches the one of the comparator.
NOTE: Compare color within 30 seconds after snapping the tip of the ampoule.
After 30 sec color may continue to increase
NOTE: Store glass ampoule in a dark place.
INTERFERENCES: Color, turbidity and oxidizing agents interfere with this determination.
Easily reduced metal ions, Cu+2, Fe+3 interfere at concentration >50 µg/L.
Oxygen in atmosphere does not interfere.

Rev. 0 Page 84
CONVERSIONS, CALCULATIONS
& PROPERTIES
SECTION II
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CONVERSION FACTORS......................................................................................................... 1
GENERAL FORMULAS ............................................................................................................ 5
PILOT TESTING GUIDELINES............................................................................................... 9
DENSITY ADJUSTMENTS ....................................................................................................... 11
DENSITY ADJUSTMENT WITH BARITE ................................................................................. 11
DENSITY ADJUSTMENT WITH CALCIUM CARBONATE .................................................... 12
MUD VOLUME TO PREPARE 1 M3 OF MUD WEIGHTED WITH BARITE........................... 13
DENSITY REDUCTION WITH WATER .................................................................................... 14
DENSITY REDUCTION WITH DIESEL OIL ............................................................................. 15
DENSITY REDUCTION WITH LT OIL ...................................................................................... 16
COMPLETION FLUIDS ............................................................................................................ 17
BRINE DILUTION ....................................................................................................................... 17
WEIGHTING BRINES ................................................................................................................. 18
BRINE DENSITY TABLE............................................................................................................ 22
BRINE CALCULATIONS ............................................................................................................ 24
TEMPERATURE CORRECTION FACTORS.............................................................................. 30
VOLUME EXPANSION CORRECTION..................................................................................... 33
PROPERTIES OF SODIUM CHLORIDE SOLUTIONS.............................................................. 34
PROPERTIES OF POTASSIUM CHLORIDE SOLUTIONS ....................................................... 35
Issue 1: November 2004 Index
Rev. 0 Page i
PROPERTIES OF POTASSIUM BROMIDE SOLUTIONS......................................................... 36
PROPERTIES OF POTASSIUM CARBONATE SOLUTIONS................................................... 37
PROPERTIES OF SODIUM BROMIDE SOLUTIONS ............................................................... 38
PROPERTIES OF POTASSIUM SULFATE SOLUTIONS.......................................................... 40
PROPERTIES OF CALCIUM CHLORIDE SOLUTIONS ........................................................... 41
PROPERTIES OF CALCIUM BROMIDE SOLUTIONS ............................................................. 44
PROPERTIES OF SODIUM/CALCIUM CHLORIDE BLENDS ................................................. 46
PROPERTIES OF CALCIUM CHLORIDE/BROMIDE BLENDS .............................................. 47
PROPERTIES OF ZINC/CALCIUM BROMIDE BLENDS ......................................................... 48
PROPERTIES OF ZINC/CALCIUM BROMIDE/CALCIUM CHLORIDE BLENDS ................. 49
PROPERTIES OF AMMONIUM CHLORIDE SOLUTIONS ...................................................... 50
PROPERTIES OF MAGNESIUM CHLORIDE SOLUTIONS ..................................................... 51
PROPERTIES OF POTASSIUM ACETATE SOLUTIONS ......................................................... 52
PROPERTIES OF SODIUM FORMATE SOLUTIONS............................................................... 53
PROPERTIES OF POTASSIUM FORMATE SOLUTIONS ........................................................ 55
PUMPS ......................................................................................................................................... 59
DUPLEX PUMP OUTPUT ........................................................................................................... 60
TRIPLEX PUMP OUTPUT........................................................................................................... 61
CAPACITIES AND VOLUMES ................................................................................................ 63
CAPACITY OF HOLE VOLUMES.............................................................................................. 63
CAPACITY OF DRILL COLLARS.............................................................................................. 65
CAPACITY AND DISPLACEMENT OF CASING ..................................................................... 66
CAPACITY AND DISPLACEMENT OF DRILL PIPES ............................................................. 68
Rev. 0 Page ii
CAPACITY AND DISPLACEMENT OF TUBINGS ................................................................... 69
ANNULAR VOLUME BETWEEN DRILL PIPE AND OPEN HOLE OR CASING................... 70
ANNULAR VOLUME BETWEEN DRILL COLLARS AND OPEN HOLE OR CASING......... 71
DIMENSIONS AND STRENGTHS OF DRILL PIPE .................................................................. 73
HOLE VOLUME........................................................................................................................... 74
ANNULAR VELOCITY MULTIPLIERS..................................................................................... 75
STORAGE TANK VOLUMES ..................................................................................................... 76
BUOYANCY FACTORS .............................................................................................................. 81
MUD PROPERTIES ................................................................................................................... 83
RECOMMENDED SOLID CONTENT OF WATER BASED MUD ........................................... 83
SUGGESTED RANGES OF PLASTIC VISCOSITY ................................................................... 84
SUGGESTED RANGES OF YIELD POINT ................................................................................ 84
INFLUENCE OF CAUSTIC SODA ON CALCIUM SOLUBILITY............................................ 85
INFLUENCE OF SALT ON CALCIUM SOLUBILITY .............................................................. 85
CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL DATA ...................................................................................... 87
MOHS’ HARDNESS SCALE ....................................................................................................... 87
HARDNESS: COMMON OIL FIELD MATERIAL ..................................................................... 87
PH RANGES OF COMMON INDICATORS ............................................................................... 88
APPROXIMATE PH OF ACIDS, BASES AND OILFIELD CHEMICALS ................................ 89
CALCULATED EQUILIBRIUM GEOMETRY MODEL ............................................................ 90
SIEVE MESH-MICRON CORRELATION CHART .................................................................... 91
COMMON CHEMICAL FORMULAS AND NAMES................................................................. 92
COMMON DRILLING MUD CATIONS ..................................................................................... 93
Rev. 0 Page iii
COMMON DRILLING MUD ANIONS ....................................................................................... 93
SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF COMMON MATERIALS ................................................................... 94
CEMENT DATA.......................................................................................................................... 95
CEMENT DATA AND CLASSES................................................................................................ 95
FRESH-WATER CEMENT SLURRIES....................................................................................... 96
SALT-WATER CEMENT SLURRIES ......................................................................................... 97
BENTONITE CEMENT SLURRIES ............................................................................................ 99
EFFECTS OF SOME ADDITIVES ON CEMENT PROPERTIES ............................................... 103

Rev. 0 Page iv
CONVERSION FACTORS
Property Common Units (API) Convert to (multiply by): “SI” or Metric Unit Symbol
Annular Velocity ft/min 0.3048 meters/minute m/min
Pump Pressure pound/sq inch (psi) 6.9 kilopascal kPa
Slip Velocity ft/min 0.3048 meter/minute m/min
Temperature Fahrenheit (°F) (°F-32)/1.8 Celsius °C
Funnel viscosity Seconds/quart (s/qt) 1.057 seconds/liter s/L
seconds/m3 1.0 seconds/liter s/L
Apparent &Plastic Viscosity Centipoises (cP) 1.0 millipascal second mPa.s
Shear rate Reciprocal second (s-1) 1.0 Reciprocal second s-1
Yield point lb/100ft2 0.48 Pascal Pa
Gel Strength lb/100ft2 0.48 Pascal Pa
Dial reading lb/100ft2 0.51 Pascal Pa
Area Acre 0.4047 hectares ha
Distance miles 1609.35 meters m
miles 1.6093 kilometers km
inches 39.37 meters m
yards (yd) 1.0936 meters m
feet (ft) 3.2808 meters m
Liner Length & Diameter inches (in) 25.4 millimeters mm
Bentonite Yield bbl/sh ton 0.175 cubic meters/tonne m3/tonne
MBT (Bentonite Equivalent) lb/bbl 2.85 kilograms/cubic meter kg/m3
Filter Cake Thickness 32’nds inch (1/32 in) 0.794 millimeters mm
Additive concentration pounds/barrel (ppb) 2.8 kilogram/cubic meter kg/m3
Solids & liquids Volume percent 0.01 cubic meter/cubic meter m3/m3
Bit Size Inches (in) 25.4 Millimeters mm
Depth Hole & Pipe Diameter Feet (ft) 0.3048 meters m
Weight on Bit Pound (lb) 4.4 Newton N
Casing Capacity / displacement bbl/ft 0.5216 cubic meters/meter m3/m
Casing Weight lb/ft 0.188 kilograms/meters kg/m
Hook Load thousands of pounds 0.444 decanewtons daN
Corrosion Rate lb/ft2/day 13.377 grams/square meter/day g/m2/day
mils per year (mpy) 0.254 milligrams/day mg/day
Issue 1: November 2004 Conversion Factors
Rev. 0 Page 1
Flow Rate US gallons/min 0.003785 cubic meters/min m3/min
bbl/min 0.159 cubic meters/min m3/min
Fluid Loss milliliters or cc (ml) 1.0 milliliters or cc’s ml or cm3
Drill Rate feet/hour (ft/h) 0.3048 meters/hour m/h
Horsepower Horsepower (hp) 745.7 watts W
Horsepower /sq. inch Hp/in2 1.15 megawatts/square meter MW/m2
Nozzle Size 32’nds inch (1/32 in) 0.794 millimeters mm
Nozzle velocity feet/sec (ft/s) 0.3048 meter/second m/s
Rotary Speed revolutions/min (rpm) 1.0 revolutions/min (rpm) rpm
Pounds Force Pounds (lb) 4.448 Newton N
Pressure psi 6.895 kilopascals kPa
0.006895 megapascals MPa
Pump Data bbl/stroke 0.1589873 m3 cubic meters/stroke m3/stroke
Pump Output/Stroke bbl/stroke 159.0 liters/stroke L/stroke
Shear Rate reciprocal second (s-1) 1.0 reciprocal second sec-1
Shear stress lb/100ft2 0.48 Pascal Pa
dynes/cm2 0.10 Pascal Pa
Torque ft/lb 1.3558 Newton⋅metre N⋅m
Ionic Concentration in Water parts per million (ppm) 1.0 milligram/liter mg/L
Material Concentration lb/bbl (ppb) 2.85 kilogram/cubic meter kg/m3
equivalents (eq) 1.0 moles/cubic meter mol/m3
Mud Density lbs/gal 119.83 kilograms/cubic meters kg/m3
Mud Gradient psi/foot 22.621 kilopascals/meter kPa/m
Particle Size microns (µm) 1.0 micrometers µm
Volumes Barrels (bbl) 0.158984 cubic meters m3
3
US gallons/stroke 0.003785 cubic meters/stroke m /stroke
US gallons/stroke 3.785 liters/stroke L/stroke
US gallon (gal US) 3.785 liter L
Imperial Gallon (gal UK) 4.546 liter L
US gallon (gal US) 0.003785 cubic meter m3
Imperial Gallon (gal UK) 0.004546 cubic meter m3
Oilfield barrel (42 US gal) 0.1589 cubic meter m3
Cubic yards (yd3) 0.7646 cubic meter m3
Rev. 0 Page 2
Weight Short ton 907 kilos kg
Long ton 1016 kilos kg
Density lb/bbl (ppb) 2.853 grams/liter g/L
lb/gal (ppg) 0.1198 grams/cubic meter g/cm3
lb/ft3 (pcf) 0.01602 grams/cubic meter g/cm3

Rev. 0 Page 3
NOTES:

Rev. 0 Page 4
GENERAL FORMULAS
1. Annular Volume (m3) = 8. Annular Velocity (m3/min) =
[Hole Capacity (m3/m) – (Pipe Displacement (m3/m) + Pipe PumpOutput(m 3 / min) ⋅ 1273000
Capacity (m3/m))]⋅Length (m)
Dh 2 − Dp 2
2. Pipe Volume (m3) =
Dh = Hole Diameter (mm)
Dp = Pipe Diameter (mm)
Pipe Capacity (m3/m)⋅Length (m)
9. Hydrostatic Pressure (kPa) =
3. Total Hole Volume (m3) =
3 3 Density (kg/m3)⋅0.00981⋅Depth (m)
[Hole Capacity (m /m) – Pipe Displacement (m /m)]⋅Length (m)
10. Pressure Gradient (kPa/m) =
4. Tank Volume (m3) =
Density (kg/m3)⋅0.00981
Length (m)⋅Width (m)⋅Height (m)
11. Barite Required for a Mud Density Increase (kg/m3) =
5. Total Circulating Volume (m3) =
(W2 − W1 )
Total Hole Volume (m3) + Tank Volume (m3) 4250⋅
4250 − W2
6. Total Circulating Time (min) =
W2 = Desired Mud Density (kg/m3)
W1 = Initial Mud Density (kg/m3)
Total Circulating Volume (m3)
Pump Output (m3/min)
12. Volume Increase form Barite Addition (m3 ) =
7. Bottoms Up Time (min) =
Amount of Barite Added (kg)
3 4250
Total Annular Volume (m )
Pump Output (m3/min)
Issue 1: November 2004 General Formulas

Rev. 0 Page 5
17. Hydraulic Horsepower Across the Face of the Bit HH
13. Density Reduction with Water; water required (m3) = (MH/m2) =
V ⋅ (W1 − W2 ) HHb ⋅ 1.27
W2 − 1000
d2
V = Initial Starting Volume (m3) HHb – Hydraulic Horsepower at the Bit (W)
W1 = Initial Mud Density (kg/m3) d = Diameter of the Bit (mm)
W2 = Desired Mud density (kg/m3)
3
18. Equivalent Circulating Density (kg/m3) =
14. Density Reduction with Oil; final mud density (kg/m ) =
∆P
W1 + %Oil (Wo ) MW =
L ⋅ 0.00981
1 + %Oil
MW = Mud Weight
W1 = Initial Mud Density (kg/m3) P = Sum of all the Annular Pressure Losses (kPa)
Wo = Density of Oil (kg/m3) L = Depth of Interest (m)
% Oil = Volume Fraction of Oil, i.e.: 2% oil as volume fraction is 0.02
19. “n” Factor Power Law Index =
15. Pressure Loss at the Bit ∆Pb (mPa) =
θ 600
3.32 log 10
MW ⋅ Q 2 ⋅ 248 θ 300
(d12 + d 22 + d 32 ) 2
θ = Viscometer Dial Reading
MW = Mud Weight (kg/m3)
Q = Pump Output (m3/min) 20. Volume Fraction of Solids (unweighted mud) % volume
d1, d2, d3 = Bit Nozzle Diameter (mm) fraction =
16. Hydraulic Horsepower at the Bit HHb (W) = MW − 1
⋅ 0.625
1000
Q⋅∆Pb⋅(1.66⋅104)
3
MW = Mud Weight (kg/m3)
Q = Pump Output (m /min)
Pb = Pressure Loss at the Bit (mPa)

Rev. 0 Page 6
21. Temperature conversion factors: 25. Cement conversion units:
9 1 short ton = 2000 lb = 907 kg

°F = °C⋅ + 32
5 1 long ton = 2240 lb = 1016 kg
1 metric ton = 2205 lb = 1.10 short ton = 0.984 long ton
5
°C = (°F+32)⋅
9 26. Increasing O/W ratio:
22. Correspondence between Degrees API and density: V +VB

O⋅( O ) − VO
VO = 100 ⋅V
141.5
Degrees API = − 131.5 B
d0
VO = Oil volume (bbl) VB = Brine volume (bbl)
d0 = specific gravity @ 15.6 °C (60 °F) O = Desired O/W ratio B = Desired O/B ratio
V = Mud volume (bbl)
23. Resistance and resistivity:
27. Decreasing O/W ratio:
l S
R (Ω) = ρ⋅ ρ = R⋅ VO + VB
S l B ⋅( ) − VB
VB = 100 ⋅V
O
R = Resistance. Ω ρ = Resistivity. Ω⋅m
l = length of conductor (m) VO = Oil volume (bbl) VB = Brine volume (bbl)
S = cross-sectional area of conductor (m2) O = Desired O/W ratio B = Desired O/B ratio
V = Mud volume (bbl)
24. Temperature variance of Resistance and Resistivity:
RT = R0⋅(1 + αt) ρT = ρ0⋅(1 + αt)
RT, ρT = resistance and resistivity at temperature T

R0, ρ0 = resistance and resistivity at temperature 0 °C
α = temperature coefficient at 15 °C

Rev. 0 Page 7
NOTES:

Rev. 0 Page 8
PILOT TESTING–GUIDELINES FOR MEASURING PRODUCTS
The following table is provided as an accurate approximation of mass when no balance is present.
1. Procedure:
• Powdered materials:
Fill the measuring spoon to overflowing.
Tap lightly, and level with a straight edge.
• Liquid material:
Use a syringe
2. Example:
1 gram is equivalent to 1 kilogram

1 liter is equivalent to 1 m3
Adding 33.5 grams (5 tablespoons) of Bentonite to 1 liter of freshwater would be equivalent to a concentration of 33.5 kg/m3.
Issue 1: November 2004 Pilot Testing Guidelines

Rev. 0 Page 9
SPECIFIC ¼ Teaspoon ½ Teaspoon 1 Teaspoon 1 Tablespoon
PRODUCT
GRAVITY (grams) (grams) (grams) (grams)
Barite 4.20 1.15 2.3 4.6 21.2
Bentonite 2.50 0.76 1.52 3.04 9.14
Calcium Carbonate 2.80 0.9 1.8 3.6 9.5
Calcium Chloride 2.20 0.56 1.12 2.24 9.53
Caustic Soda 2.13 1.28 2.56 5.12 12.87
CMC 1.50 0.55 1.10 2.20 9.15
Desco CF 1.60 0.58 1.16 2.32 7.67
Drispac 1.50-1.60 0.60 1.20 2.40 7.60
Gilsonite HT 1.05 0.26 0.52 1.04 4.34
Gypsum 2.90 0.85 1.70 3.40 7.6
Lignite 1.50 0.51 1.02 2.04 7.19
Lime 2.20 0.37 0.74 1.48 4.60
Magnesium Sulfate 2.66 0.9 1.8 3.6 12.9
Mica 2.90 0.76 1.52 3.04 10.66
Potassium Sulfate 2.66 1.14 2.28 4.56 16.97
Salt 2.17 1.05 2.1 4.2 14.82
Soda Ash 2.53 1.00 2.00 4.00 14.0
Sodium Bicarbonate 2.16 1.1 2.2 4.4 10.6
Soltex 1.2-1.5 0.62 1.24 2.48 8.92
Victosal 1.45 0.47 0.94 1.88 6.83
VISCO 83 0.3-0.9 0.51 1.02 2.04 6.28
Visco XCD 1.5 0.58 1.16 2.32 7.47
Zinc Carbonate 4.4 0.4 0.8 1.6 5.92
Issue 1: November 2004 Pilot Testing Guidelines

Rev. 0 Page 10
DENSITY ADJUSTMENT WITH BARITE
Weight (kg) of Barite to add to 1 m3 of mud.
Desired s.g.
Initial
1.05 1.10 1.15 1.20 1.25 1.30 1.35 1.40 1.45 1.50 1.55 1.60 1.65 1.70 1.75 1.80 1.85 1.90 1.95 2.00 2.05 2.10 2.15 2.20 2.25
s.g.
1.00 67 135 207 280 356 434 516 600 687 778 872 969 1071 1176 1286 1400 1519 1643 1773 1909 2051 2200 2356 2520 2692
1.05 68 138 210 285 362 442 525 611 700 792 888 988 1092 1200 1313 1430 1552 1680 1814 1953 2100 2254 2415 2585
1.10 69 140 214 290 368 450 535 622 713 808 906 1008 1114 1225 1340 1461 1587 1718 1856 2000 2151 2310 2477
1.15 70 142 217 295 375 458 544 634 727 824 924 1029 1138 1251 1370 1493 1623 1758 1900 2049 2205 2369
1.20 71 145 221 300 382 467 555 646 741 840 943 1050 1162 1278 1400 1527 1660 1800 1946 2100 2262
1.25 72 147 225 305 389 475 565 659 756 857 963 1072 1187 1307 1432 1563 1700 1844 1995 2154
1.30 74 150 229 311 396 485 576 672 771 875 983 1096 1213 1336 1465 1600 1741 1890 2046
1.35 75 153 233 317 404 494 588 686 788 894 1004 1120 1241 1367 1500 1639 1785 1938
1.40 76 156 238 323 412 504 600 700 804 913 1027 1145 1270 1400 1537 1680 1831
1.45 78 158 242 329 420 514 613 715 822 933 1050 1172 1300 1434 1575 1723
1.50 79 162 247 336 429 525 626 730 840 955 1074 1200 1332 1470 1615
1.55 81 165 252 343 438 536 639 747 859 977 1100 1229 1365 1508
1.60 82 168 257 350 447 548 653 764 879 1000 1127 1260 1400
1.65 84 171 263 357 457 560 668 781 900 1024 1155 1292
1.70 86 175 268 365 467 573 684 800 922 1050 1185
1.75 88 179 274 373 477 586 700 820 945 1077
1.80 89 183 280 382 488 600 717 840 969
1.85 91 187 286 391 500 615 735 862
1.90 93 191 293 400 512 630 754
1.95 95 195 300 410 525 646
2.00 98 200 307 420 538
2.05 100 205 315 431
2.10 102 210 323
2.15 105 215
2.20 108
d 2 − d1
W = 4200⋅
4.2 − d 2
W = quantity of barite (kg) for 1 m3 d2 = desired density (s.g.) d1 = initial density (s.g.)
Issue 1: November 2004 Density Adjustment

Rev. 0 Page 11
DENSITY ADJUSTMENT WITH CALCIUM CARBONATE
Weight (kg) of Calcium Carbonate to add to 1 m3 of mud.
Desired s.g.
Initial
s.g.
1.05 1.10 1.15 1.20 1.25 1.30 1.35 1.40 1.45 1.50 1.55 1.60 1.65 1.70 1.75
1.00 83 171 265 366 473 589 713 848 994 1152 1325 1514 1723 1953 2208
1.05 85 177 274 379 491 612 742 883 1037 1205 1388 1590 1813 2061
1.10 88 183 284 393 510 636 773 922 1084 1262 1458 1674 1914
1.15 91 189 294 408 530 663 807 964 1136 1325 1534 1767
1.20 95 196 306 424 552 691 843 1010 1193 1395 1619
1.25 98 204 318 442 576 723 883 1060 1255 1472
1.30 102 212 331 461 602 757 928 1116 1325
1.35 106 221 346 482 631 795 976 1178
1.40 110 230 361 505 663 837 1031
1.45 115 241 379 530 697 883
1.50 120 252 398 558 736
1.55 126 265 418 589
1.60 133 279 442
1.65 139 294
1.70 147
d 2 − d1
W = 2650⋅
2.6 − d 2
W = quantity of calcium carbonate (kg) for 1 m3 d2 = desired density (s.g.) d1 = initial density (s.g.)

Rev. 0 Page 12
MUD VOLUME TO PREPARE 1 m3 OF MUD
WEIGHTED WITH BARITE
Mud volume (Liters) required to prepare 1 m3 of mud weighted with barite.
Desired s.g.
Initial
1.05 1.10 1.15 1.20 1.25 1.30 1.35 1.40 1.45 1.50 1.55 1.60 1.65 1.70 1.75 1.80 1.85 1.90 1.95 2.00 2.05 2.10 2.15 2.20 2.25
s.g.
1.00 984 969 953 938 922 906 891 875 859 844 828 813 797 781 766 750 734 719 703 688 672 656 641 625 609
1.05 984 968 952 937 921 905 889 873 857 841 825 810 794 778 762 746 730 714 698 683 667 651 635 619
1.10 984 968 952 935 919 903 887 871 855 839 823 806 790 774 758 742 726 710 694 677 661 645 629
1.15 984 967 951 934 918 902 885 869 852 836 820 803 787 770 754 738 721 705 689 672 656 639
1.20 983 967 950 933 917 900 883 867 850 833 817 800 783 767 750 733 717 700 683 667 650
1.25 983 966 949 932 915 898 881 864 847 831 814 797 780 763 746 729 712 695 678 661
1.30 983 966 948 931 914 897 879 862 845 828 810 793 776 759 741 724 707 690 672
1.35 982 965 947 930 912 895 877 860 842 825 807 789 772 754 737 719 702 684
1.40 982 964 946 929 911 893 875 857 839 821 804 786 768 750 732 714 696
1.45 982 964 945 927 909 891 873 855 836 818 800 782 764 745 727 709
1.50 981 963 944 926 907 889 870 852 833 815 796 778 759 741 722
1.55 981 962 943 925 906 887 868 849 830 811 792 774 755 736
1.60 981 962 942 923 904 885 865 846 827 808 788 769 750
1.65 980 961 941 922 902 882 863 843 824 804 784 765
1.70 980 960 940 920 900 880 860 840 820 800 780
1.75 980 959 939 918 898 878 857 837 816 796
1.80 979 958 938 917 896 875 854 833 813
1.85 979 957 936 915 894 872 851 830
1.90 978 957 935 913 891 870 848
1.95 978 956 933 911 889 867
2.00 977 955 932 909 886
2.05 977 953 930 907
2.10 976 952 929
2.15 976 951
2.20 975
4.2 − d 2
Vi = 1000⋅Vf⋅
4.2 − d1
Vi = initial volume (Liters) of s.g. d1 Vf = final volume (Liters) of s.g. d2 (in the table Vf = 1000 L)
d2 = desired density (s.g.) d1 = initial density (s.g.)

Rev. 0 Page 13
DENSITY REDUCTION WITH WATER
Volume of water (Liters) to add to 1 m3 of mud.
Desired s.g.
Initial
1.05 1.10 1.15 1.20 1.25 1.30 1.35 1.40 1.45 1.50 1.55 1.60 1.65 1.70 1.75 1.80 1.85 1.90 1.95 2.00 2.05 2.10 2.15 2.20 2.25
s.g.
1.10 1000
1.15 2000 500
1.20 3000 1000 333
1.25 4000 1500 667 250
1.30 5000 2000 1000 500 200
1.35 6000 2500 1333 750 400 167
1.40 7000 3000 1667 1000 600 333 143
1.45 8000 3500 2000 1250 800 500 286 125
1.50 9000 4000 2333 1500 1000 667 429 250 111
1.55 10000 4500 2667 1750 1200 833 571 375 222 100
1.60 11000 5000 3000 2000 1400 1000 714 500 333 200 91
1.65 12000 5500 3333 2250 1600 1167 857 625 444 300 182 83
1.70 13000 6000 3667 2500 1800 1333 1000 750 556 400 273 167 77
1.75 14000 6500 4000 2750 2000 1500 1143 875 667 500 364 250 154 71
1.80 15000 7000 4333 3000 2200 1667 1286 1000 778 600 455 333 231 143 67
1.85 16000 7500 4667 3250 2400 1833 1429 1125 889 700 545 417 308 214 133 63
1.90 17000 8000 5000 3500 2600 2000 1571 1250 1000 800 636 500 385 286 200 125 59
1.95 18000 8500 5333 3750 2800 2167 1714 1375 1111 900 727 583 462 357 267 188 118 56
2.00 19000 9000 5667 4000 3000 2333 1857 1500 1222 1000 818 667 538 429 333 250 176 111 53
2.05 20000 9500 6000 4250 3200 2500 2000 1625 1333 1100 909 750 615 500 400 313 235 167 105 50
2.10 21000 10000 6333 4500 3400 2667 2143 1750 1444 1200 1000 833 692 571 467 375 294 222 158 100 48
2.15 22000 10500 6667 4750 3600 2833 2286 1875 1556 1300 1091 917 769 643 533 437 353 278 211 150 95 45
2.20 23000 11000 7000 5000 3800 3000 2429 2000 1667 1400 1182 1000 846 714 600 500 412 333 263 200 143 91 43
2.25 24000 11500 7333 5250 4000 3167 2571 2125 1778 1500 1273 1083 923 786 667 562 471 389 316 250 190 136 87 42
2.30 25000 12000 7667 5500 4200 3333 2714 2250 1889 1600 1364 1167 1000 857 733 625 529 444 368 300 238 182 130 83 40
d 2 − d1
V = 1000⋅
d2 − 1
V = quantity of water (Liters) for 1 m3 d2 = desired density (s.g.) d1 = initial density (s.g.)

Rev. 0 Page 14
DENSITY REDUCTION WITH DIESEL OIL
Volume of diesel (Liters) to add to 1 m3 of mud.
Initial s.g.
Desired
1.05 1.10 1.15 1.20 1.25 1.30 1.35 1.40 1.45 1.50 1.55 1.60 1.65 1.70 1.75 1.80 1.85 1.90 1.95 2.00 2.05 2.10 2.15 2.20 2.25
s.g.
1.10 238
1.15 476 192
1.20 714 385 161
1.25 952 577 323 139
1.30 1190 769 484 278 122
1.35 1429 962 645 417 244 109
1.40 1667 1154 806 556 366 217 98
1.45 1905 1346 968 694 488 326 196 89
1.50 2143 1538 1129 833 610 435 294 179 82
1.55 2381 1731 1290 972 732 543 392 268 164 76
1.60 2619 1923 1452 1111 854 652 490 357 246 152 70
1.65 2857 2115 1613 1250 976 761 588 446 328 227 141 66
1.70 3095 2308 1774 1389 1098 870 686 536 410 303 211 132 62
1.75 3333 2500 1935 1528 1220 978 784 625 492 379 282 197 123 58
1.80 3571 2692 2097 1667 1341 1087 882 714 574 455 352 263 185 116 55
1.85 3810 2885 2258 1806 1463 1196 980 804 656 530 423 329 247 174 110 52
1.90 4048 3077 2419 1944 1585 1304 1078 893 738 606 493 395 309 233 165 104 50
1.95 4286 3269 2581 2083 1707 1413 1176 982 820 682 563 461 370 291 220 156 99 47
2.00 4524 3462 2742 2222 1829 1522 1275 1071 902 758 634 526 432 349 275 208 149 94 45
2.05 4762 3654 2903 2361 1951 1630 1373 1161 984 833 704 592 494 407 330 260 198 142 90 43
2.10 5000 3846 3065 2500 2073 1739 1471 1250 1066 909 775 658 556 465 385 313 248 189 135 86 41
2.15 5238 4038 3226 2639 2195 1848 1569 1339 1148 985 845 724 617 523 440 365 297 236 180 129 83 40
2.20 5476 4231 3387 2778 2317 1957 1667 1429 1230 1061 915 789 679 581 495 417 347 283 225 172 124 79 38
2.25 5714 4423 3548 2917 2439 2065 1765 1518 1311 1136 986 855 741 640 549 469 396 330 270 216 165 119 76 37
2.30 5952 4615 3710 3056 2561 2174 1863 1607 1393 1212 1056 921 802 698 604 521 446 377 315 259 207 159 115 74 35
d 2 − d1
V = 1000⋅
d 2 − 0.84
V = quantity of Diesel (Liters) for 1 m3 d2 = desired density (s.g.) d1 = initial density (s.g.)

Rev. 0 Page 15
DENSITY REDUCTION WITH LOW-TOXICITY OIL
Volume of Low-toxicity oil (Liters) to add to 1 m3 of mud.
Initial s.g.
Desired
1.05 1.10 1.15 1.20 1.25 1.30 1.35 1.40 1.45 1.50 1.55 1.60 1.65 1.70 1.75 1.80 1.85 1.90 1.95 2.00 2.05 2.10 2.15 2.20 2.25
s.g.
1.10 200
1.15 400 167
1.20 600 333 143
1.25 800 500 286 125
1.30 1000 667 429 250 111
1.35 1200 833 571 375 222 100
1.40 1400 1000 714 500 333 200 91
1.45 1600 1167 857 625 444 300 182 83
1.50 1800 1333 1000 750 556 400 273 167 77
1.55 2000 1500 1143 875 667 500 364 250 154 71
1.60 2200 1667 1286 1000 778 600 455 333 231 143 67
1.65 2400 1833 1429 1125 889 700 545 417 308 214 133 63
1.70 2600 2000 1571 1250 1000 800 636 500 385 286 200 125 59
1.75 2800 2167 1714 1375 1111 900 727 583 462 357 267 188 118 56
1.80 3000 2333 1857 1500 1222 1000 818 667 538 429 333 250 176 111 53
1.85 3200 2500 2000 1625 1333 1100 909 750 615 500 400 313 235 167 105 50
1.90 3400 2667 2143 1750 1444 1200 1000 833 692 571 467 375 294 222 158 100 48
1.95 3600 2833 2286 1875 1556 1300 1091 917 769 643 533 438 353 278 211 150 95 45
2.00 3800 3000 2429 2000 1667 1400 1182 1000 846 714 600 500 412 333 263 200 143 91 43
2.05 4000 3167 2571 2125 1778 1500 1273 1083 923 786 667 563 471 389 316 250 190 136 87 42
2.10 4200 3333 2714 2250 1889 1600 1364 1167 1000 857 733 625 529 444 368 300 238 182 130 83 40
2.15 4400 3500 2857 2375 2000 1700 1455 1250 1077 929 800 687 588 500 421 350 286 227 174 125 80 38
2.20 4600 3667 3000 2500 2111 1800 1545 1333 1154 1000 867 750 647 556 474 400 333 273 217 167 120 77 37
2.25 4800 3833 3143 2625 2222 1900 1636 1417 1231 1071 933 812 706 611 526 450 381 318 261 208 160 115 74 36
2.30 5000 4000 3286 2750 2333 2000 1727 1500 1308 1143 1000 875 765 667 579 500 429 364 304 250 200 154 111 71 34
d 2 − d1
V = 1000⋅
d 2 − 0.80
V = quantity of LT-oil (Liters) for 1 m3 d2 = desired density (s.g.) d1 = initial density (s.g.)

Rev. 0 Page 16
BRINE DILUTION
To dilute brines, simply use the standard mass balance equation:
Vi⋅di + V2⋅d2 = Vf⋅df
Where:
Vi = initial brine volume (m3) di = initial brine density (g/cm3)
Vf = final brine volume (m3) = Vi + V2 df = desired (final) brine density (g/cm3)
V2 = diluent’s volume (m3) d2 = diluent’s density (g/cm3)
Example 1:
50 m3 of 1.35 s.g. brine must be diluted with water to 1.20 s.g. brine. Calculate the amount of water and the final volume.
Vi = 50 m3 di = 1.35 g/cm3
Vf = Vi + V2 = 50 + x df = 1.20 g/cm3
V2 = water d2 = 1.00 g/cm3
50⋅1.35 + V2⋅1.00 = 1.20⋅(50 + V2)
V2 = 37.5 m3 (amount of water)
V3 = 87.5 m3 (final volume)
Issue 1: November 2004 Completion Fluids

Rev. 0 Page 17
WEIGHTING BRINE WITH THE SAME SALT
To weight up brines, use the following method and the salt tables:
1. Find the amount of salt and water from the appropriate salt table for the initial brine density;
2. Find the amount of salt and water from the appropriate salt table for the desired brine density;
3. Determine the difference (missing) of salt necessary to reach the desired density;
4. Determine the difference (excess) of water necessary to reach the desired density;
5. Determine the quantity of salt necessary to reach the desired density.
W1 = kg/m3 (ppg) of salt in the initial brine V1 = m3/m3 (gal/gal) of water in the initial brine (from salt tables)
3
W2 = kg/m (ppg) of salt in the desired brine V2 = m3/m3 (gal/gal) of water in the desired brine (from salt tables)
X = W2 – W1 = kg/m3 (ppg) of missing salt Y = V2 – V1 = m3/m3 (gal/gal) of excess water
3
Z = Y⋅W2/V2 = kg/m (ppg) of salt necessary to weight up the excess of water
Wf = X + Z
Vf = Vi⋅F
Wf = X + Z = kg/m3 (ppg) of salt necessary to add to reach the desired density

F = volume factor = 1+ Y/V2
Vf = final volume = Vi⋅F

Rev. 0 Page 18
Example 1:
50 m3 of 1.20 sg CaCl2 brine must be weighted up to 1.34 sg. Calculate the amount of 95% CaCl2 needed (Wf) and the final volume.
W1 = 278.3 kg/m3 of salt (in the 1.20 brine) V1 = 0.921 m3/m3 of water (in the 1.20 brine) (from salt tables. page 39)
X = W2 – W1 = 216.0 kg/m3 of missing salt Y = V2 – V1 = 0.076 m3/m3 of excess water

Z = Y⋅W2/V2 = 0.076⋅494.3/0.845 = 44.46 kg/m3 of salt F = 1 + Y/V2 = 1 + 0.076/0.845 = 1.090
Wf = 216.0 + 44.46 = 260.46 kg/m3 of CaCl2 ⇒ Vf = Vi⋅F = 50⋅1.090 = 54.5 m3
(260.46⋅50 = 13023 kg)
Note: Total salt = 278.3 + 260.46 = 538.76 kg/m3 Total water = 0.921 m3/m3 df = (538.76 + 921)/1.090 = 1.34 sg
Example 2:
Prepare 200 m3 of 1.306 sg CaCl2 brine starting form 1.21 sg CaCl2 brine. Calculate the amount of 95% CaCl2 needed (Wf) and the initial
volume required (Vi).
X = 440.6 – 293.4 = 147.20 kg/m3 of missing salt Y = 0.917 – 0.867 = 0.050 m3/m3 of excess water
Z = 0.050⋅440.6/0.867 = 25.41 kg/m3 of salt F = 1 + 0.050/0.867 = 1.058
Wf = 147.20 + 25.41 = 172.61 kg/m3 of CaCl2 ⇒ Vi= Vf/F = 200/1.058 = 189.03 m3
(172.61⋅189.03 = 32.63 ton)

Rev. 0 Page 19
WEIGHTING BINARY BRINES WITH 1 OF THE 2 SALTS
To weight up binary brines, use the following method and the salt tables:
1. Consider the binary brine as a single-salt brine;
2. Follow the same procedure of single-salt brine.
For the following binary brines, consider the following salt only:
• NaCl/CaCl2: use tables of CaCl2
• CaCl2/CaBr2: use tables of CaBr2
• CaBr2/ZnBr2: use tables of ZnBr2
Example 1:
A 1.58 sg CaCl2/CaBr2 brine must be weighted up to 1.64 sg. Calculate the amount of 95% CaBr2 needed (Wf) and volume increase.
W1 = 780.2 kg/m3 of salt (in the 1.58 brine) V1 = 0.7973 m3/m3 of water (in the 1.58 brine) (from CaBr2 tables. page 42)
W2 = 863.3 kg/m3 of salt (in the 1.64 brine) V2 = 0.7740 m3/m3 of water (in the 1.64 brine) (from CaBr2 tables. page 42)
X = W2 – W1 = 83.1 kg/m3 of missing salt Y = V2 – V1 = 0.0233 m3/m3 of excess water

Z = Y⋅W2/V2 = 25.99 kg/m3 of salt F = 1 + Y/V2 = 1.0301
Wf = X + Z = 109.09 kg/m3 of CaBr2

Rev. 0 Page 20
WEIGHTING BINARY BRINES WITH BOTH SALTS
To weight up binary brines, use the following method and the appropriate salt tables:
1. Determine the amount of each salt needed as for single-salt brine
2. Follow the same procedure of single-salt brine.
This is the general procedure that covers all cases previously described.
W1A, W1B = kg/m3 (ppg) of the 2 salts in the initial brine V1 = m3/m3 (gal/gal) of water in the initial brine (from salt tables)
W2A, W2B = kg/m3 (ppg) of the 2 salts in the desired brine V2 = m3/m3 (gal/gal) of water in the desired brine (from salt tables)
XA = W2A – W1A = kg/m3 (ppg) of missing “A” salt XB = W2B – W1B = kg/m3 (ppg) of missing “B” salt
Y = V2 – V1 = m3/m3 (gal/gal) of excess water
ZA = W2A⋅Y/V2 = kg/m3 (ppg) of “A” salt necessary to weight up the excess of water
ZB = W2B⋅Y/V2 = kg/m3 (ppg) of “B” salt necessary to weight up the excess of water
Wf.A = XA + ZA Wf.B = XB + ZB
Vf = V1⋅F
Wf.A = XA + ZA = kg/m3 (ppg) of “A” salt necessary to add to reach the desired density
Wf.B = XB + ZB = kg/m3 (ppg) of “B” salt necessary to add to reach the desired density
F = volume factor = 1+ Y/V2
Vf = final volume = V1⋅F

Rev. 0 Page 21
BRINE DENSITY TABLE
It becomes more and more common to use low solids or completely solids-free systems to drill certain sections of a well. The main
application of these systems is to drill the reservoir section where a minimized solid content provides exceptionally low formation damage.
The density of those systems is not adjusted with solids, but instead with heavy brines and normally only a small amount of soluble solids
(Calcium Carbonate or sized Salts) is added to build a thin filter cake for fluid loss control.
BRINE DENSITY RANGE CRYSTALLIZATION TEMP.

(SG) (PPG) (°C) (°F)
CaBr2 1.70-1.80 14.2-15.0 -9/+18 +15/+65
CaBr2 / ZnBr2 1.71-2.30 14.3-19.2 -40/-5 -40/+23
CaCl2 1.01-1.39 8.4-11.6 -50/+10 -59/+50
CaCl2 / CaBr2 1.33-1.81 11.1-15.1 -24/+20 -12/+68
CaCl2 / CaBr2 / ZnBr2 1.80-2.30 15.0-19.2 -22/+18 -8/+18
CsCOOH 2.340 19.5
KCl 1.01-1.16 8.4-9.7 -10/+16 +14/+60
KCOOH 1.560 13.0
NaBr 1.01-1.52 8.4-12.7 -33/+17 -28/+63
NaCl 1.01-1.20 8.4-10.0 -18/0 -1/+31
NaCl / CaCl2 1.21-1.33 10.1-11.1 -41/-18 -42/0
NaCOOH 1.340 11.2
ZnBr2 – 56.7% 2.300 19.2

Rev. 0 Page 22
SALT FORM SPECIFIC GRAVITY
KCl (Potassium Chloride) – 97% Powder 1.99
KBr (Potassium Bromide) – 98% Powder 2.76
NaCl (Sodium Chloride) – 98% Powder 2.18
NaBr (Sodium Bromide) – 95% Powder 3.20
NaCOOH (Sodium Formate) Liquid
CaCl2 (Calcium Chloride) – 95% Powder 1.75
CaCl2 (Calcium Chloride) – 36% Liquid 1.37
NaBr (Sodium Bromide) – 98% Powder
KCOOH (Potassium Formate) Powder
CaBr2 (Calcium Bromide) – 95% Powder 2.85
CaBr2 (Calcium Bromide) – 52% Liquid 1.72
ZnBr2 (Zinc Bromide) – 56.7% Liquid 2.30
CsCOOH (Cesium Formate) Powder

Rev. 0 Page 23
BRINE CALCULATIONS
1. PURITY CONVERSION:
This is useful as salt tables don’t cover all purity grades of salt available.
To formulate brine with different purity salt, the following procedure can be adopted.
1. Convert the quantity for percentage reported in table to 100% purity;
2. Convert the 100% purity quantity to the quantity for purity available;
3. Determine the approximate quantity of water needed.
Example 1:
Formulate a 1.20 sg CaCl2 brine using 77% purity grade CaCl2.
W1 = 278.3 kg/m3 of 95% CaCl2 (for 1.20 sg) (from salt table. page 39)
V1 = 0.921 m3/m3 of water (for 1.20 sg) (from salt table. page 39)
Convert to 100% purity: W2 = W1⋅0.95 = 278.3⋅0.95 = 264.38 kg/m3 of 100% CaCl2
Convert to 77% purity: W3 = W2/0.77 = 264.38/0.77 = 343.35 kg/m3 of 77% CaCl2
Difference in water volume (approximate): V2 ≈ 343.45 – 264.38 = 78.97 Liters (0.078 m3)
Volume of water needed = V3 = V1 – V2 = 0.921 – 0.078 = 0.843 m3/m3
So 1.20 sg brine will be formulated with: 343.35 kg/m3 of 77% CaCl2 and 0.843 m3/m3 of water.

Rev. 0 Page 24
2. SALTS DETERMINATION:
To determine salt composition when brine must be diluted.

1. Find the actual brine composition (from salt tables);
2. Determine volume factor from brine dilution formula;
3. Calculate the new brine composition.
W1A = kg/m3 of “A” salt in the initial brine

W1B = kg/m3 of “B” salt in the initial brine
V1 = m3/m3 of water in the initial brine
(from salt table)
d1 − d 2
Volume of water needed = Vw =
d2 − dw
Where: d1 = initial density d2 = final density dw = water (diluent) density
F = 1 + Vw
W2A = W1A/F W2B = W1B/F
V2 = (V1 + Vw)/F
F = Volume factor
W2A = kg/m3 of “A” salt in the final brine
W2B = kg/m3 of “A” salt in the final brine
V2 = m3/m3 of water in the final brine

Rev. 0 Page 25
3. COMPOSITION DETERMINATION:
To determine salt percentage in a brine.
C⋅%
% Salt =
d
C = salt concentration (kg/m3 or ppb)

D = brine density (kg/m3 or ppb)
% = salt purity (%)
Example 1:
A 1.80 sg brine contains 57 kg/m3 of 95% CaCl2. Calculate the % CaCl2.
% CaCl2 (95% purity) = (57⋅95)/1800 = 3.0%
Example 2:
A 1.86 sg brine contains 0.25 m3 of a 2.30 sg ZnBr2 brine (composition: 56.7% ZnBr2 + 19.7% CaBr2). Calculate the % ZnBr2.
% ZnBr2 = (0.25⋅56.7⋅2.3)/1860 = 17.5%

Rev. 0 Page 26
4. ION DETERMINATION:
To determine ion composition in a brine. Ion composition depends on molecular weights ratio and molecular formula of salt.
Percentages are w/w%.
A. CaCl2 brine:
MWCa
% Ca+2 = ⋅%CaCl2 % Ca+2 = 0.3611⋅%CaCl2
MWCaCl2
2 ⋅ MWCl
% Cl- = ⋅%CaCl2 % Cl- = 0.6389⋅%CaCl2
MWCaCl2
B. CaBr2 brine:
MWCa
% Ca+2 = ⋅%CaBr2 % Ca+2 = 0.2005⋅%CaBr2
MWCaBr2
2 ⋅ MW Br
% Br- = ⋅%CaBr2 % Br- = 0.7995⋅%CaBr2
MWCaBr2
C. ZnBr2 brine:
MW Zn
% Zn+2 = ⋅%ZnBr2 % Zn+2 = 0.3611⋅%ZnBr2
MWZnBr2
2 ⋅ MWBr
% Br- = ⋅%ZnBr2 % Br- = 0.6389⋅%ZnBr2
MWZnBr2

Rev. 0 Page 27
D. NaCl brine:
MW Na
% Na+ = ⋅%NaCl % Na+ = 0.3932⋅%NaCl
MW NaCl
MWCl
% Cl- = ⋅%NaCl % Cl- = 0.6066⋅%NaCl
MW NaCl
E. KCl brine:
MW K
% Na+ = ⋅%KCl % Na+ = 0.5245⋅%KCl
MWKCl
MWCl
% Cl- = ⋅%KCl % Cl- = 0.4755⋅%KCl
MWKCl
Note:
w/w % can be easily converted in ppm or in mg/L by the following formulas:
ppm = 10000⋅% w/w

mg/L = ppm⋅d
d = brine density (sg)

Rev. 0 Page 28
Example 1:
Calculate Ca+2 and Cl- percentages in brine containing 4.18% CaCl2.
% Ca+2 = 4.18⋅0.3611 = 1.51% % Cl- = 4.18⋅0.6389 = 2.67%
Example 2:
Calculate Br- percentage in 2.30 sg brine (composition: 56.7% ZnBr2 + 19.7% CaBr2).
% Br- = % Br- (from CaBr2) + % Br- (from ZnBr2)
% Br- = 19.7⋅0.7995 + 56.7⋅0.7097 = 55.99%
Note:
Ion analysis can be easily converted into brine composition.
% CaCl2 = 1.565⋅%Cl-
% ZnBr2 = 3.444⋅%Zn+2
% CaBr2 = 4.987⋅(%Ca+2 – 0.565⋅%Cl-)

Rev. 0 Page 29
TEMPERATURE CORRECTION FACTORS
Brine densities are usually given with reference to a specific temperature; the standard used is with reference to 15.6 °C.
As the temperature changes, so does the volume. This will cause a density variation.
Density range
Brine Per 1°F⋅10-4 TCFe Per 1°C⋅10-4 TCFm
sg ppg
Fresh water 1.00 8.34 4.7 8.46
NaCl 1.08 – 1.23 9.0 – 10.2 2.5 4.50
1.02 – 1.07 8.5 – 8.9 3.8 6.84
CaCl2 1.08 – 1.19 9.0 – 9.9 3.1 5.58
1.20 – 1.37 10.0 – 11.4 2.45 4.40
1.40 – 1.57 11.6 – 13.0 2.55 4.59
CaBr2 / CaCl2
1.58 – 1.80 13.2 – 15.0 2.45 4.40
CaBr2 1.70 – 1.80 14.2 – 15.0 2.3 4.14
ZnBr2 / CaBr2 2.30 19.2 2.5 4.50
1.85 – 2.05 15.4 – 17.0 2.3 4.14
ZnBr2 / CaBr2 / CaCl2 2.06 – 2.14 17.2 – 17.8 2.4 4.32
> 2.15 > 18 2.6 4.68

Rev. 0 Page 30
1. Brine density correction factor at surface:
SG (T0) = SG (T)⋅[1 + (T – T0)⋅TCFm]
ppg (T0) = ppg (T)⋅[1 + (T – T0)⋅TCFe]
Where:
T0 = 15.6 °C (60 °F) or initial temperature T = different temperature (°C or °F)
Example 1:
CaCl2 brine density is 1.285 sg @ 45°C. Calculate the density @ 15.6 °C.
sg (T0) = sg (T)⋅[1 + (T – T0)⋅TCFm]
sg (15.6) = 1.285⋅[1 + (45 – 15.6)⋅4.4⋅10-4] = 1.3016 sg
T0 = 15.6 °C T = 45 °C

Rev. 0 Page 31
2. Brine density correction in hole:
The density for brine at in hole can be determined from the following formulas:
BHST + ST
Tavg = under static conditions
2
BHCT + SCT
Tavg = under circulating conditions
2
Where:
BHST = bottom hole static temperature (°C or °F) BHCT = bottom hole circulating temperature (°C or °F)
Tavg = average temperature (°C or °F) ST = surface temperature (°C or °F)
SCT = surface circulating temperature (°C or °F)
Example 2:
CaBr2 brine of 1.72 sg is required to control the formation pressure. BHST is 72 °C and surface temperature is 10 °C. Calculate density of
CaBr2 required at 15.6 °C to have an average density in the well of 1.72 sg.
72 + 10
Tavg = = 41 °C
2
sg (T )
sg (T0) =
1 − (Tavg − T0 ) ⋅ TCFm
1.72
sg (15.6) = = 1.738 sg
1 − (41 − 15.6) ⋅ 4.14 ⋅ 10 −4

Rev. 0 Page 32
VOLUME EXPANSION CORRECTION
To determine volume expansion, use factors given in previous table and the following formula:
∆V = TCF⋅Tavg⋅V
Where:
∆V = volume expansion (m3) V = initial volume (m3)
TCF = temperature correction factor (°C or °F) Tavg = average temperature (°C or °F)
Example 1:
Calculate volume expansion for a well with 100 m3 of aCaCl2 brine @ 1.37 s.g. with BHT = 130 °C and surface temperature = 10 °C.
130 + 10
Tavg = = 70 °C
2
∆V = 4.4⋅10-4⋅70⋅100 = 3.08 m3

Rev. 0 Page 33
PROPERTIES OF SODIUM CHLORIDE SOLUTIONS (NaCl, Salt)
International units British units Ion composition
Cryst.
%w ppm KCl Water NaCl Water mg/L mg/L F factor Aw
SG PPG Temp. (°C)
kg/m3 Lt/m3 ppb gal/bbl NaCl Cl-
1 10000 1.007 10.0 997 8.40 3.5 41.9 10070 6106 -0.5 1.003 0.996
2 20000 1.014 20.3 994 8.46 7.1 41.8 20280 12297 -1.0 1.006 0.989
3 30000 1.021 30.6 991 8.52 10.7 41.6 30630 18573 -2.0 1.010 0.983
4 40000 1.029 41.1 987 8.59 14.4 41.5 41160 24958 -2.5 1.012 0.976
5 50000 1.036 52.0 984 8.65 18.2 41.3 51800 31410 -3.0 1.016 0.970
6 60000 1.043 62.6 979 8.70 21.9 41.1 62580 37946 -3.5 1.020 0.964
7 70000 1.050 73.7 977 8.76 25.8 41.0 73500 44568 -4.5 1.024 0.957
8 80000 1.058 84.9 973 8.83 29.7 40.9 84640 51323 -5.0 1.027 0.950
9 90000 1.065 96.0 969 8.89 33.6 40.7 95850 58120 -6.0 1.032 0.943
10 100000 1.073 107.4 965 8.95 37.6 40.5 107300 65063 -6.5 1.036 0.935
11 110000 1.080 118.9 961 9.01 41.6 40.4 118800 72036 -7.5 1.040 0.927
12 120000 1.088 130.6 957 9.08 45.7 40.2 130560 79167 -8.0 1.044 0.919
13 130000 1.095 142.6 952 9.14 49.9 40.0 142350 86316 -9.0 1.050 0.910
14 140000 1.103 154.6 949 9.20 54.1 39.9 154420 93635 -10.0 1.054 0.901
15 150000 1.111 166.9 944 9.27 58.4 39.7 166650 101051 -11.0 1.059 0.892
16 160000 1.118 179.1 939 9.33 62.7 39.4 178880 108467 -12.0 1.065 0.882
17 170000 1.126 191.7 934 9.40 67.1 39.3 191420 116071 -13.0 1.070 0.872
18 180000 1.134 204.3 929 9.46 71.5 39.0 204120 123772 -14.0 1.075 0.861
19 190000 1.142 217.1 925 9.53 76.0 38.9 216980 131569 -15.0 1.081 0.850
20 200000 1.150 230.3 920 9.60 80.6 38.6 230000 139464 -16.0 1.087 0.839
21 210000 1.158 243.4 915 9.66 85.2 38.4 243180 147456 -18.0 1.093 0.827
22 220000 1.166 256.9 910 9.73 89.9 38.2 256520 155545 -19.0 1.100 0.815
23 230000 1.174 270.3 904 9.80 94.6 38.0 270020 163731 -21.0 1.106 0.802
24 240000 1.183 284.3 899 9.87 99.5 37.7 283920 172160 -11.5 1.112 0.788
25 250000 1.191 298.3 893 9.94 104.4 37.5 297750 180546 -9.5 1.120 0.774
26 260000 1.199 312.3 887 10.01 109.3 37.3 311740 189029 -4.0 1.127 0.759
Properties based @ 20.0°C and 99% purity

Rev. 0 Page 34
PROPERTIES OF POTASSIUM CHLORIDE SOLUTIONS (KCl)
Cryst. Temp.
%w ppm KCl Water KCl Water mg/L mg/L mg/L F factor
SG PPG (°C)
kg/m3 Lt/m3 ppb gal/bbl KCl K+ Cl-
1 10000 1.005 10.0 995 8.39 3.5 41.8 10050 5271 4776 -0.5 1.005
2 20000 1.011 20.3 990 8.44 7.1 41.6 20220 10605 9610 -1.0 1.009
3 30000 1.017 30.6 986 8.49 10.7 41.4 30510 16002 14500 -1.5 1.014
4 40000 1.024 41.1 983 8.55 14.4 41.3 40960 21483 19466 -2.0 1.017
5 50000 1.030 51.7 979 8.60 18.1 41.1 51500 27011 24475 -2.5 1.022
6 60000 1.037 62.3 974 8.65 21.8 40.9 62220 32633 29570 -3.0 1.026
7 70000 1.044 73.1 969 8.71 25.6 40.7 73080 38329 34731 -3.5 1.030
8 80000 1.050 84.0 964 8.76 29.4 40.5 84000 44056 39921 -4.0 1.035
9 90000 1.057 95.1 962 8.82 33.3 40.4 95130 49894 45211 -4.5 1.040
10 100000 1.063 106.6 957 8.87 37.3 40.2 106300 55752 50519 -5.0 1.045
11 110000 1.070 117.7 952 8.93 41.2 40.0 117700 61731 55937 -5.5 1.050
12 120000 1.077 129.4 948 8.99 45.3 39.8 129240 67784 61422 -6.0 1.055
13 130000 1.084 141.1 943 9.05 49.4 39.6 140920 73910 66972 -6.5 1.060
14 140000 1.091 152.9 938 9.10 53.5 39.4 152740 80109 72590 -7.0 1.066
15 150000 1.097 164.6 931 9.15 57.6 39.1 164550 86303 78203 -7.5 1.072
16 160000 1.104 176.9 926 9.21 61.9 38.9 176640 92644 83948 -8.5 1.078
17 170000 1.111 188.9 921 9.27 66.1 38.7 188870 99059 89761 -9.0 1.084
18 180000 1.119 201.4 917 9.34 70.5 38.5 201420 105641 95725 -9.5 1.090
19 190000 1.126 214.0 912 9.40 74.9 38.3 213940 112207 101675 -10.0 1.096
20 200000 1.131 226.6 905 9.44 79.3 38.0 226200 118637 107502 -10.5 1.105
21 210000 1.140 239.7 900 9.51 83.9 37.8 239400 125561 113775 -5.5 1.110
22 220000 1.147 252.6 895 9.57 88.4 37.6 252340 132347 119925 1.0 1.118
23 230000 1.155 266.0 890 9.64 93.1 37.4 265650 139328 126251 9.0 1.124
24 240000 1.162 279.1 883 9.70 97.7 37.1 278880 146267 132538 15.0 1.132
Properties based @ 20°C and 97% purity

Rev. 0 Page 35
PROPERTIES OF POTASSIUM BROMIDE SOLUTIONS (KBr)
Cryst. Temp.
%w ppm KBr Water KBr Water mg/L mg/L mg/L F factor
SG PPG (°C)
kg/m3 Lt/m3 ppb bbl/bbl KBr K+ Br-
4.2 42000 1.03 5.3 985 8.6 15.1 985 43283 9668 33615 -1.0 1.013
6.0 60000 1.04 7.7 980 8.7 21.9 980 62552 13972 48580 -1.0 1.020
7.6 76000 1.05 9.8 974 8.8 28.1 974 80144 17901 62242 -1.5 1.026
9.3 93000 1.07 12.2 967 8.9 34.8 967 99185 22155 77030 -2.0 1.034
10.8 108000 1.08 14.3 962 9.0 40.8 962 116477 26017 90460 -3.0 1.039
12.3 123000 1.09 16.5 956 9.1 47.0 956 134128 29960 104168 -3.0 1.046
13.6 136000 1.10 18.4 954 9.2 52.6 954 149934 33490 116444 -3.5 1.050
15.0 150000 1.11 20.5 947 9.3 58.6 947 167166 37339 129827 -3.5 1.056
16.4 164000 1.13 22.6 942 9.4 64.7 942 184733 41263 143470 -4.0 1.062
17.7 177000 1.14 24.7 937 9.5 70.6 937 201498 45008 156490 -4.5 1.067
19.0 190000 1.15 26.8 932 9.6 76.6 932 218574 48822 169752 -5.0 1.073
20.2 202000 1.16 28.8 928 9.7 82.3 928 234799 52446 182353 -5.5 1.078
21.5 215000 1.17 31.0 922 9.8 88.5 922 252487 56397 196089 -5.5 1.085
22.8 228000 1.19 33.2 916 9.9 94.8 916 270485 60418 210068 -6.0 1.092
24.0 240000 1.20 35.3 911 10.0 100.8 911 287597 64240 223358 -7.0 1.098
25.2 252000 1.21 37.4 905 10.1 106.9 905 304997 68126 236871 -8.0 1.105
26.3 263000 1.22 39.4 901 10.2 112.7 901 321462 71804 249658 -8.5 1.110
27.5 275000 1.23 41.7 895 10.3 119.0 895 339425 75816 263608 -9.0 1.118
28.7 287000 1.25 43.9 888 10.4 125.4 888 357675 79893 277782 -9.5 1.125
29.8 298000 1.26 46.0 883 10.5 131.4 883 374955 83753 291202 -10.0 1.132
30.9 309000 1.27 48.2 878 10.6 137.6 878 392499 87671 304827 -11.0 1.139
32.0 320000 1.28 50.3 872 10.7 143.8 872 410306 91649 318657 -10.5 1.147
33.2 332000 1.29 52.7 865 10.8 150.6 865 429670 95974 333696 -6.5 1.157
34.3 343000 1.31 55.0 858 10.9 157.0 858 448017 100072 347945 -3.0 1.165
35.2 352000 1.32 56.9 854 11.0 162.6 854 463990 103640 360350 0.5 1.171
36.3 363000 1.33 59.2 847 11.1 169.2 847 482840 107851 374989 5.0 1.180
37.3 373000 1.34 61.4 842 11.2 175.5 842 500611 111820 388791 9.5 1.188
38.3 383000 1.35 63.4 835 11.3 181.2 835 518622 115843 402779 14.0 1.197
39.3 393000 1.37 65.9 829 11.4 188.2 829 536872 119920 416953 19.0 1.206
40.2 402000 1.38 68.0 824 11.5 194.2 824 553984 123742 430243 24.0 1.213
Properties based @ 20.0 °C and 98% purity
Rev. 0 Page 36
PROPERTIES OF POTASSIUM CARBONATE SOLUTIONS (K 2 CO 3 )

%w ppm K2CO3 Water K2CO3 Water mg/L mg/L mg/L
SG PPG
kg/m3 Lt/m3 ppb bbl/bbl K2CO3 K+ CO3-2
1 10000 1.009 10.1 997 8.42 3.5 41.9 10089.87 5709 4380
2 20000 1.017 20.3 996 8.49 7.1 41.8 20347.51 11513 8833
3 30000 1.027 30.8 994 8.57 10.8 41.8 30808.87 17432 13375
4 40000 1.035 41.4 993 8.64 14.5 41.7 41414.02 23432 17979
5 50000 1.045 52.2 991 8.72 18.3 41.6 52246.85 29562 22682
6 60000 1.055 63.2 990 8.80 22.1 41.6 63271.42 35799 27468
7 70000 1.063 74.3 988 8.87 26.0 41.5 74403.83 42098 32300
8 80000 1.072 85.7 986 8.95 30.0 41.4 85799.88 48546 37248
9 90000 1.082 97.3 983 9.03 34.1 41.3 97387.66 55102 42278
10 100000 1.092 109.0 981 9.11 38.2 41.2 109167.2 61767 47392
11 110000 1.101 121.0 979 9.19 42.4 41.1 121138.4 68541 52589
12 120000 1.111 133.2 976 9.27 46.6 41.0 133301.4 75423 57869
13 130000 1.120 145.5 974 9.35 50.9 40.9 145656.1 82413 63233
14 140000 1.130 158.1 971 9.43 55.3 40.8 158202.5 89512 68679
15 150000 1.141 170.9 969 9.52 59.8 40.7 171120.4 96821 74287
16 160000 1.150 183.8 964 9.60 64.3 40.5 184062.3 104143 79905
17 170000 1.160 197.0 962 9.68 69.0 40.4 197195.9 111575 85607
18 180000 1.171 210.5 959 9.77 73.7 40.3 210737 119236 91486
19 190000 1.180 224.1 955 9.85 78.4 40.1 224266 126891 97359
20 200000 1.191 238.0 952 9.94 83.3 40.0 238226.5 134790 103419
22 220000 1.212 266.3 945 10.11 93.2 39.7 266530.9 150805 115707
24 240000 1.233 295.7 936 10.29 103.5 39.3 295937.7 167443 128473
26 260000 1.255 325.9 929 10.47 114.1 39.0 326207.3 184570 141614
28 280000 1.277 357.1 919 10.66 125.0 38.6 357675.3 202375 155275
30 300000 1.299 389.4 909 10.84 136.3 38.2 389694.4 220491 169175
32 320000 1.322 422.6 898 11.03 147.9 37.7 422959.9 239313 183616
34 340000 1.345 456.8 886 11.22 159.9 37.2 457136 258650 198453
36 360000 1.368 492.0 874 11.42 172.2 36.7 492654.3 278747 213872
38 380000 1.392 528.3 862 11.62 184.9 36.2 529131.2 299385 229707
40 400000 1.415 565.6 848 11.81 198.0 35.6 566087.5 320295 245751
Rev. 0 Page 37
PROPERTIES OF SODIUM BROMIDE SOLUTIONS (NaBr)
Cryst. Temp.
%w ppm NaBr Water NaBr Water mg/L mg/L mg/L F factor
SG PPG (°C)
kg/m3 Lt/m3 ppb bbl/bbl NaBr Na+ Br-
0.8 8000 1.01 0.7 999 8.4 2.1 999 8053 1012 3518 ND 1.001
2.2 22000 1.02 2.7 996 8.5 7.6 996 22409 2816 9790 ND 1.004
3.8 37800 1.03 4.8 992 8.6 13.7 992 38955 4895 17019 ND 1.008
5.2 52000 1.04 6.7 989 8.7 19.2 989 54212 6812 23685 ND 1.012
6.7 67000 1.05 8.8 984 8.8 25.0 984 70653 8878 30868 ND 1.016
8.2 82000 1.07 10.9 979 8.9 31.0 979 87454 10989 38208 ND 1.021
9.7 96500 1.08 12.8 975 9.0 36.7 975 104074 13078 45470 -7.2 1.026
11.0 110000 1.09 14.9 970 9.1 42.6 970 119952 15073 52407 -9.0 1.030
12.4 124000 1.10 16.9 966 9.2 48.3 966 136705 17178 59726 -10.8 1.035
13.8 137500 1.11 19.0 961 9.3 54.2 961 153235 19255 66948 -12.6 1.040
15.1 151000 1.13 21.1 956 9.4 60.2 956 170090 21373 74312 -14.4 1.046
16.5 164500 1.14 23.2 950 9.5 66.4 950 187268 23531 81817 -16.2 1.051
17.7 176500 1.15 25.2 946 9.6 72.0 946 203044 25514 88710 -23.4 1.056
18.9 189300 1.16 27.3 941 9.7 77.9 941 220037 27649 96134 -25.2 1.061
20.1 201000 1.17 29.3 937 9.8 83.6 937 236046 29661 103128 -27.0 1.066
21.3 212500 1.19 31.2 933 9.9 89.2 933 252097 31678 110141 -28.8 1.070
22.5 225000 1.20 33.4 927 10.0 95.4 927 269623 33880 117798 -30.6 1.077
23.6 236000 1.21 35.4 923 10.1 101.1 923 285632 35891 124792 -34.2 1.081
24.8 247500 1.22 37.5 918 10.2 107.1 918 302516 38013 132169 -36.0 1.087
25.8 257500 1.23 39.4 914 10.3 112.6 914 317825 39937 138857 -37.8 1.091
26.8 268000 1.25 41.4 910 10.4 118.2 910 333996 41969 145923 -39.6 1.096
27.9 278500 1.26 43.4 905 10.5 124.1 905 350419 44032 153098 -41.4 1.102
29.0 289500 1.27 45.6 900 10.6 130.2 900 367729 46207 160660 -46.8 1.108
30.0 299500 1.28 47.6 895 10.7 136.0 895 384020 48255 167778 -52.2 1.113
31.0 309500 1.29 49.6 891 10.8 141.7 891 400551 50332 175000 -53.8 1.119
31.9 319000 1.31 51.7 886 10.9 147.6 886 416669 52357 182042 -61.2 1.124
32.9 328500 1.32 53.7 882 11.0 153.3 882 433014 54411 189183 -66.6 1.130
33.8 338000 1.33 55.7 877 11.1 159.2 877 449587 56493 196424 -68.4 1.136
34.8 347500 1.34 57.8 872 11.2 165.1 872 466387 58604 203764 -72.0 1.142
35.7 357000 1.35 59.9 867 11.3 171.1 867 483415 60744 211203 -75.6 1.149
36.6 366000 1.37 62.0 862 11.4 177.0 862 499988 62827 218444 -79.2 1.155
Rev. 0 Page 38
Cryst. Temp.
%w ppm NaBr Water NaBr Water mg/L mg/L mg/L F factor
SG PPG (°C)
kg/m3 Lt/m3 ppb bbl/bbl NaBr Na+ Br-
37.6 375500 1.38 64.1 857 11.5 183.0 857 517466 65023 226080 -82.8 1.162
38.4 383500 1.39 66.0 853 11.6 188.6 853 533086 66986 232904 -86.4 1.167
39.3 392500 1.40 68.2 847 11.7 194.8 847 550300 69149 240425 -91.8 1.174
40.0 400000 1.41 70.1 844 11.8 200.2 844 565608 71072 247113 -95.4 1.179
40.8 408000 1.43 72.1 839 11.9 206.0 839 581809 73108 254192 -81.0 1.185
41.7 416500 1.44 74.2 834 12.0 212.0 834 598922 75258 261668 -21.1 1.192
42.4 423500 1.45 76.1 831 12.1 217.3 831 614062 77161 268283 -15.0 1.196
43.2 432000 1.46 78.3 825 12.2 223.6 825 631564 79360 275929 -12.2 1.204
43.8 438000 1.47 80.0 823 12.3 228.5 823 645584 81122 282055 -9.0 1.207
44.7 447000 1.49 82.3 816 12.4 235.1 816 664206 83462 290191 -2.9 1.217
45.4 454000 1.50 84.2 812 12.5 240.7 812 680048 85452 297112 ND 1.223
46.2 461500 1.51 86.3 807 12.6 246.7 807 696812 87559 304436 ND 1.230
46.8 468000 1.52 88.2 804 12.7 252.0 804 712235 89497 311174 ND 1.235

Rev. 0 Page 39
PROPERTIES OF POTASSIUM SULFATE SOLUTIONS (K 2 SO 4 )
Composition for 1m3 Ion composition
F TCT
K2SO4 K+ SO4-2
%w SG Factor (°C)
(kg/m3) (mg/L) (mg/L)
1.0 1008 10.0 4532 5568 1.004 -0.28
1.5 1012 15.1 6821 8379 1.005 -0.06
2.0 1016 20.2 9110 11190 1.006 -0.05
2.5 1020 25.4 11443 14057 1.007 -0.06
3.0 1024 30.5 13776 16924 1.008 -0.06
3.5 1028 36.0 16110 19790 1.009 -0.11
4.0 1032 41.5 18488 22712 1.011 -0.11
4.5 1037 46.5 20911 25689 1.012 -1.06
5.0 1041 52.0 23920 28610 1.013 -1.17
5.5 1045 57.3 25758 31642 1.014 N/D
6.0 1049 62.7 28181 34619 1.016 N/D
6.5 1053 68.1 30649 37651 1.017 N/D
7.0 1057 73.8 33162 40738 1.019 N/D
7.5 1061 79.2 35675 43825 1.020 N/D
8.0 1066 84.9 381888 46912 1.021 N/D
8.5 1070 90.6 40746 50054 1.023 N/D
9.0 1074 96.3 43304 53196 1.024 N/D
9.5 1078 102.0 45907 56393 1.026 N/D
10.0 1083 107.8 48509 59591 1.027 N/D
Properties based @ 20°C and 100% purity

Rev. 0 Page 40
PROPERTIES OF CALCIUM CHLORIDE SOLUTIONS (CaCl 2 )
A . 9 5 % C a l c i u m C h l o r i d e

Cryst. Temp.
%w ppm CaCl2 Water CaCl2 Water mg/L mg/L mg/L F factor Aw
SG PPG (°C)
kg/m3 Lt/m3 ppb gal/bbl CaCl2 Ca+2 Cl-
1 10000 1.009 10.6 998 8.42 3.7 41.9 10090 3644 6446 -0.5 1.001 0.998
2 20000 1.017 21.4 995 8.49 7.5 41.8 20340 7346 12994 -1.0 1.003 0.996
3 30000 1.026 32.4 993 8.56 11.4 41.7 30780 11116 19664 -1.5 1.005 0.993
4 40000 1.034 43.7 990 8.63 15.3 41.6 41360 14937 26423 -2.0 1.007 0.989
5 50000 1.043 54.9 988 8.70 19.2 41.5 52150 18834 33316 -2.5 1.009 0.984
6 60000 1.051 66.6 984 8.77 23.3 41.4 63060 22774 40286 -3.0 1.012 0.979
7 70000 1.060 78.3 981 8.85 27.4 41.2 74200 26797 47403 -3.5 1.014 0.973
8 80000 1.068 90.0 979 8.91 31.5 41.1 85440 30856 54584 -4.0 1.018 0.967
9 90000 1.077 102.0 974 8.99 35.7 40.9 96930 35006 61924 -4.5 1.020 0.959
10 100000 1.085 114.3 971 9.05 40.0 40.8 108500 39184 69316 -5.5 1.024 0.951
11 110000 1.094 126.9 967 9.13 44.4 40.6 120340 43460 76880 -6.0 1.027 0.942
12 120000 1.103 139.4 964 9.20 48.8 40.5 132360 47801 84559 -7.0 1.030 0.933
13 130000 1.113 152.6 959 9.29 53.4 40.3 144690 52254 92436 -8.0 1.033 0.923
14 140000 1.122 165.6 957 9.36 58.0 40.2 157080 56729 100351 -9.0 1.036 0.912
15 150000 1.132 178.9 952 9.45 62.6 40.0 169800 61323 108477 -10.5 1.039 0.900
16 160000 1.141 192.4 949 9.52 67.4 39.9 182560 65931 116629 -11.5 1.043 0.888
17 170000 1.151 206.3 945 9.61 72.2 39.7 195670 70665 125005 -13.0 1.047 0.875
18 180000 1.160 220.0 940 9.68 77.0 39.5 208800 75407 133393 -14.5 1.051 0.862
19 190000 1.170 234.3 936 9.76 82.0 39.3 222300 80283 142017 -16.0 1.055 0.847
20 200000 1.180 248.9 931 9.85 87.1 39.1 236000 85230 150770 -18.0 1.059 0.832
21 210000 1.190 263.4 926 9.93 92.2 38.9 249900 90250 159650 -20.0 1.064 0.816
22 220000 1.200 278.3 921 10.01 97.4 38.7 264000 95343 168657 -22.0 1.068 0.800
23 230000 1.210 293.4 917 10.10 102.7 38.5 278300 100507 177793 -24.5 1.073 0.783
24 240000 1.220 308.6 912 10.18 108.0 38.3 292800 105744 187056 -27.0 1.079 0.765
25 250000 1.231 324.3 907 10.27 113.5 38.1 307750 111143 196607 -29.5 1.083 0.746
26 260000 1.241 340.1 902 10.36 119.1 37.9 322660 116527 206133 -32.0 1.089 0.727
27 270000 1.252 356.3 895 10.45 124.7 37.6 338040 122082 215958 -35.0 1.094 0.707
28 280000 1.262 372.6 890 10.53 130.4 37.4 353360 127615 225745 -39.0 1.101 0.686
29 290000 1.273 389.1 883 10.62 136.2 37.1 369170 133324 235846 -45.0 1.106 0.665

Rev. 0 Page 41
Cryst. Temp.
%w ppm CaCl2 Water CaCl2 Water mg/L mg/L mg/L F factor Aw
SG PPG (°C)
kg/m3 Lt/m3 ppb gal/bbl CaCl2 Ca+2 Cl-
30 300000 1.284 406.0 879 10.71 142.1 36.9 385200 139113 246087 -46.0 1.113 0.643
31 310000 1.295 423.1 871 10.81 148.1 36.6 401450 144982 256468 -36.0 1.119 0.620
32 320000 1.306 440.6 867 10.90 154.2 36.4 417920 150930 266990 -28.5 1.126 0.597
33 330000 1.317 458.0 859 10.99 160.3 36.1 434610 156958 277652 -21.5 1.133 0.573
34 340000 1.328 476.0 852 11.08 166.6 35.8 451520 163065 288455 -15.5 1.141 0.548
35 350000 1.340 494.3 845 11.18 173.0 35.5 469000 169378 299622 -10.0 1.148 0.522
36 360000 1.351 512.6 838 11.27 179.4 35.2 486360 175647 310713 -4.5 1.157 0.496
37 370000 1.363 531.7 832 11.37 186.1 35.0 504310 182130 322180 1.0 1.165 0.469
38 380000 1.375 550.9 825 11.47 192.8 34.7 522500 188699 333801 5.5 1.173 0.441
39 390000 1.387 570.0 817 11.57 199.5 34.3 540930 195355 345575 10.0 1.182 0.413
40 400000 1.398 589.4 809 11.67 206.3 34.0 559200 201953 357247 13.5 1.192 0.384
Properties based @ 20.0 °C and 95% purity.

Rev. 0 Page 42
B . 7 7 % C a l c i u m C h l o r i d e

%w ppm CaCl2 Water CaCl2 Water mg/L mg/L mg/L F
SG 3 PPG
kg/m Lt/m3 ppb gal/bbl CaCl2 Ca+2
Cl-
1 10000 1.007 11.4 995 8.40 4.0 41.8 10070 3637 6433 1.003
3 30000 1.030 45.7 983 8.60 16.0 41.3 30900 11159 19741 1.001
7 70000 1.055 85.6 967 8.80 30.0 40.6 73850 26671 47179 1.019
9 90000 1.079 122.7 950 9.00 42.9 39.9 97110 35071 62039 1.018
11 110000 1.103 162.6 933 9.20 56.9 39.2 121330 43818 77512 1.019
14 140000 1.127 205.4 914 9.40 71.9 38.4 157780 56982 100798 1.032
16 160000 1.151 245.4 895 9.61 85.9 37.6 184160 66509 117651 1.034
19 190000 1.175 285.3 879 9.81 99.9 36.9 223250 80626 142624 1.051
21 210000 1.199 331.0 855 10.01 115.8 35.9 251790 90933 160857 1.056
23 230000 1.223 373.8 833 10.21 130.8 35.0 281290 101587 179703 1.062
26 260000 1.247 416.6 817 10.41 145.8 34.3 324220 117091 207129 1.084
28 280000 1.271 456.5 795 10.61 159.8 33.4 355880 128525 227355 1.093
30 300000 1.295 499.3 779 10.81 174.8 32.7 388500 140305 248195 1.103
32 320000 1.319 542.1 755 11.01 189.7 31.7 422080 152433 269647 1.115
34 340000 1.343 587.8 729 11.21 205.7 30.6 456620 164907 291713 1.128
36 360000 1.367 633.4 709 11.41 221.7 29.8 492120 177727 314393 1.143
38 380000 1.391 676.2 688 11.61 236.7 28.9 528580 190895 337685 1.160
Properties based @ 20.0 °C and 77% purity.

Rev. 0 Page 43
PROPERTIES OF CALCIUM BROMIDE SOLUTIONS (CaBr 2 )
Composition for 1m3 Composition for 1 bbl

Water CaBr2 TCT Water CaBr2 TCT
SG 3 PPG
m Kg °C bbl lb °C
1.38 0.8668 511.8 -33.9 11.6 0.860 186.3 -35.5
1.40 0.8599 538.4 -37.0 11.7 0.856 191.9 -37.6
1.42 0.8531 656.2 -39.8 11.8 0.852 197.5 -39.8
1.44 0.8462 591.9 -45.4 11.9 0.848 203.1 -42.6
1.46 0.8393 618.7 -49.4 12.0 0.844 208.7 -45.4
1.48 0.8325 645.4 -55.0 12.1 0.840 214.3 -48.1
1.5 0.8256 672.2 -62.0 12.2 0.836 219.9 -51.5
1.52 0.8187 699.0 -67.9 12.3 0.832 225.5 -54.9
1.54 0.8119 725.8 -70.9 12.4 0.828 231.1 -56.8
1.56 0.8050 752.6 -61.1 12.5 0.824 236.7 -62.0
1.58 0.7973 780.2 -54.6 12.60 0.820 242.3 -66.7
1.60 0.7895 807.9 -47.2 12.7 0.816 248.0 -68.8
1.62 0.7818 835.6 -39.8 12.8 0.811 253.7 -70.9
1.64 0.7740 863.3 -34.5 12.9 0.807 259.4 -66.0
1.66 0.7662 890.9 -34.0 13.0 0.803 265.1 -61.0
1.68 0.7584 918.6 -33.0 13.1 0.799 270.8 -56.5
1.70 0.7507 946.3 -26.0 13.2 0.794 276.5 -52.8
1.72 0.7429 974.0 -21.0 13.3 0.790 282.2 -47.2
1.74 0.7352 1001.7 -11.0 13.4 0.786 287.9 -41.7
1.76 0.7274 1029.4 -3.0 13.5 0.781 293.6 -39.8
1.78 0.7196 1057.0 +4 13.6 0.777 299.4 -36.4
1.80 0.7119 1084.7 +13 13.7 0.772 305.2 -32.7
1.82 0.7026 1113.9 +20 13.8 0.768 311.0 -28.7
13.9 0.763 316.8 -25

Rev. 0 Page 44
PROPERTIES OF CALCIUM BROMIDE SOLUTIONS (CaBr 2 )
(Cont’d)
Composition for 1 bbl

Water CaBr2 TCT
PPG
bbl lb °C
14.0 0.758 322.6 -33
14.1 0.754 328.4 28
14.2 0.751 333.4 25
14.3 0.744 340.1 21
14.4 0.739 346.0 17
14.5 0.734 351.9 11
14.6 0.730 357.8 -5
14.7 0.724 363.8 +1
14.8 0.719 369.8 +4
14.9 0.714 375.8 +9
15.0 0.709 381.8 +13
Properties based @ 20.0°C and 95% purity.

Rev. 0 Page 45
PROPERTIES OF SODIUM / CALCIUM CHLORIDE BLENDS
(NaCl/CaCl2)
International units British units

Crystallization
NaCl CaCl2 Water NaCl CaCl2 Water
SG PPG Point (°C)
kg/m3 kg/m3 Lt/m3 ppb ppb gal/bbl
1.210 251.0 83.0 887 10.10 87.9 29.1 37.3 -20
1.222 199.0 148.0 875 10.20 69.7 51.8 36.8 -23
1.234 154.0 205.0 875 10.30 53.9 71.8 36.8 -26
1.246 117.0 253.0 876 10.40 41.0 88.6 36.8 -29
1.258 91.0 296.0 871 10.50 31.9 103.6 36.6 -32
1.270 71.0 330.0 868 10.60 24.9 115.5 36.5 -36
1.282 57.0 359.0 866 10.70 20.0 125.7 36.4 -39
1.294 46.0 385.0 864 10.80 16.1 134.8 36.3 -41
1.306 37.0 410.0 862 10.90 13.0 143.5 36.2 -31
1.318 29.0 430.0 859 11.00 10.2 150.5 36.1 -24
1.330 23.0 453.0 854 11.10 8.1 158.6 35.9 -18
Properties based @ 20.0 °C.

Rev. 0 Page 46
PROPERTIES OF CALCIUM CHLORIDE / CALCIUM BROMIDE
BLENDS (CaCl2/CaBr2)
Composition for 1 bbl Composition for 1 bbl

bbl of CaBr2 lb of CaCl2 bbl of bbl of CaBr2 lb of CaCl2 bbl of
PPG PPG
(@ 14.2 ppg) (95%) Water (@ 14.2 ppg) (95%) Water
11.7 0.025 193.4 0.816 13.5 0.483 147.3 0.384
11.8 0.051 191.0 0.792 13.6 0.508 144.7 0.360
11.9 0.076 188.4 0.768 13.7 0.533 142.1 0.336
12.0 0.102 185.8 0.744 13.8 0.559 139.5 0.312
12.1 0.127 183.3 0.720 13.9 0.584 137.0 0.288
12.2 0.152 180.7 0.696 14.0 0.607 134.4 0.264
12.3 0.178 178.1 0.672 14.1 0.635 131.8 0.240
12.4 0.203 175.6 0.648 14.2 0.660 129.3 0.216
12.5 0.229 173.0 0.624 14.3 0.686 126.7 0.192
12.6 0.254 170.4 0.600 14.4 0.711 124.1 0.168
12.7 0.279 167.8 0.576 14.5 0.737 121.5 0.144
12.8 0.305 165.3 0.552 14.6 0.762 119.0 0.120
12.9 0.336 163.2 0.532 14.7 0.787 116.4 0.096
13.0 0.356 160.1 0.504 14.8 0.813 113.8 0.072
13.1 0.381 157.5 0.480 14.9 0.838 111.2 0.048
13.2 0.406 155.0 0.456 15.0 0.864 108.7 0.024
13.3 0.432 152.4 0.432 15.1 0.889 106.1 --
13.4 0.457 149.8 0.408
Properties based @ 20 °C.

Rev. 0 Page 47
PROPERTIES OF ZINC / CALCIUM BROMIDE BLENDS
(ZnBr2/CaBr2)
% of % of
% of CaBr2 LCTD % of CaBr2 LCTD
PPG ZnBr2/CaBr2 PPG ZnBr2/CaBr2
(@ 14.2 ppg) °F (@ 14.2 ppg) °F
(@ 19.2 ppg) (@ 19.2 ppg)
15.0 0.840 0.160 -22 17.1 0.420 0580 -2
15.1 0.820 0.180 -25 17.2 0.400 0.600 0
15.2 0.800 0.200 -27 17.3 0.380 0.620 2
15.3 0.780 0.220 -29 17.4 0.360 0.640 4
15.4 0.760 0.240 -32 17.5 0.340 0.660 5
15.5 0.740 0.260 -34 17.6 0.320 0.680 5
15.6 0.720 0.280 -35 17.7 0.300 0.700 6
15.7 0.700 0.300 -38 17.8 0.280 0.720 7
15.8 0.680 0.320 -40 17.9 0.260 0.740 7
15.9 0.660 0.340 -37 18.0 0.240 0.760 9
16.0 0.640 0.360 -33 18.1 0.220 0.780 10
16.1 0.620 0.380 -30 18.2 0.200 0.800 11
16.2 0.600 0.400 -26 18.3 0.180 0.820 13
16.3 0.580 0.420 -23 18.4 0.160 0.840 15
16.4 0.560 0.440 -20 18.5 0.140 0.860 17
16.5 0.540 0.460 -16 18.6 0.120 0.880 19
16.6 0.520 0.480 -11 18.7 0.100 0.900 21
16.7 0.500 0.500 -8 18.8 0.080 0.920 23
16.8 0.480 0.520 -6 18.9 0.060 0.940 20
16.9 0.460 0.540 -4 19.0 0.040 0.960 21
17.0 0.440 0.560 -4 19.1 0.020 0.980 18
19.2 0.000 1.000 16
Properties based @ 20 °C.

Rev. 0 Page 48
PROPERTIES OF ZINC / CALCIUM BROMIDE. CALCIUM
CHLORIDE BLENDS (ZnBr2/CaBr2/CaCl2)
% CaBr2 % ZnBr2/CaBr2 lb CaCl2 LCTD % CaBr2 % ZnBr2/CaBr2 lb CaCl2 LCTD
PPG PPG
(@ 14.2 ppg) (@ 19.2 ppg) (94%) °F (@ 14.2 ppg) (@ 19.2 ppg) (94%) °F
15.0 0.8891 0.000 106 +64 17.1 0.4446 0.500 53 28
15.1 0.8678 0.024 103 62 17.2 0.4232 0.524 50 31
15.2 0.8464 0.048 101 61 17.3 0.4019 0.548 48 35
15.3 0.8260 0.071 98 59 17.4 0.3814 0.571 45 37
15.4 0.8046 0.095 96 59 17.5 0.3601 0.592 43 41
15.5 0.7833 0.119 93 59 17.6 0.3387 0.619 40 45
15.6 0.7620 0.143 91 58 17.7 0.3174 0.643 38 44
15.7 0.7406 0.167 88 57 17.8 0.2961 0.667 35 44
15.8 0.7202 0.190 86 55 17.9 0.2756 0.690 33 43
15.9 0.6988 0.214 83 54 18.0 0.2543 0.714 30 43
16.0 0.6775 0.238 81 53 18.1 0.2329 0.738 28 42
16.1 0.6562 0.262 78 52 18.2 0.2116 0.762 25 41
16.2 0.6348 0286 76 50 18.3 0.1903 0.786 23 37
16.3 0.6135 0.310 73 50 18.4 0.1689 0.810 20 35
16.4 0.5930 0.333 71 49 18.5 0.1485 0.833 18 32
16.5 0.5717 0.357 68 47 18.6 0.1271 0.857 15 28
16.6 0.5504 0.381 66 46 18.7 0.1058 0.881 13 25
16.7 0.5263 0.405 63 43 18.8 0.0845 0.905 10 23
16.8 0.5077 0.429 61 40 18.9 0.0631 0.929 8 18
16.9 0.4872 0.452 58 36 19.0 0.0427 0.952 5 18
17.0 0.4859 0.476 56 32 19.1 0.0213 0.976 3 17
19.2 0.0000 1.000 0 16
Properties based @ 20°C.

Rev. 0 Page 49
PROPERTIES OF AMMONIUM CHLORIDE (NH 4 Cl) SOLUTIONS

Cryst. Temp.
%w ppm NH4Cl Water NH4Cl Water mg/L mg/L mg/L
SG PPG (°C)
kg/m3 Lt/m3 ppb gal/bbl NH4Cl NH4+ Cl-
1 10000 1.001 10.0 991 8.35 3.5 41.6 10010 3371 6635 -0.5
2 20000 1.005 20.0 984 8.39 7.0 41.3 20100 6769 13324 -1.5
3 30000 1.008 30.2 977 8.41 10.6 41.0 30240 10184 20045 -2.0
4 40000 1.011 40.2 970 8.44 14.1 40.8 40440 13619 26806 -2.5
5 50000 1.014 50.4 963 8.46 17.6 40.5 50700 17074 33607 -3.0
6 60000 1.017 60.9 956 8.49 21.3 40.2 61020 20549 40448 -4.0
7 70000 1.020 71.2 948 8.51 24.9 39.8 71400 24045 47328 -4.5
8 80000 1.023 81.5 941 8.54 28.5 39.5 81840 27561 54249 -5.5
9 90000 1.026 92.1 933 8.56 32.2 39.2 92340 31097 61209 -6.0
10 100000 1.029 102.6 926 8.59 35.9 38.9 102900 34653 68209 -7.0
11 110000 1.032 113.1 918 8.61 39.6 38.6 113520 38229 75248 -8.0
12 120000 1.034 123.7 910 8.63 43.3 38.2 124080 41786 82248 -8.5
13 130000 1.037 134.5 902 8.65 47.1 37.9 134810 45399 89360 -9.5
14 140000 1.040 145.3 895 8.68 50.9 37.6 145600 49033 96513 N/D
15 150000 1.043 155.9 887 8.70 54.6 37.3 156450 52687 103705 -11.5
16 160000 1.046 167.0 878 8.73 58.5 36.9 167360 56361 110937 N/D
17 170000 1.049 177.8 870 8.75 62.2 36.6 178330 60055 118208 N/D
18 180000 1.051 188.7 862 8.77 66.0 36.2 189180 63709 125400 N/D
19 190000 1.054 199.8 854 8.80 69.9 35.9 200260 67440 132745 N/D
20 200000 1.057 210.9 845 8.82 73.8 35.5 211400 71192 140129 N/D
22 220000 1.062 233.1 828 8.86 81.6 34.8 233640 78681 154871 N/D
24 240000 1.067 255.6 811 8.90 89.5 34.1 256080 86238 169746 -0.5
Properties based @ 20°C and 99% purity.

Rev. 0 Page 50
PROPERTIES OF MAGNESIUM CHLORIDE (MgCl 2 ) SOLUTIONS
Cryst.
%w ppm KCl Water NaCl Water mg/L mg/L F factor Aw
SG PPG Temp. (°C)
kg/m3 Lt/m3 ppb gal/bbl NaCl Cl-
1 10000 1.008 21.4 993 8.41 7.5 41.7 10080 2574 -0.5 1.007 0.985
2 20000 1.016 43.4 988 8.48 15.2 41.5 20320 5188 -1.1 1.013 0.981
3 30000 1.024 65.4 974 8.55 22.9 40.9 30720 7844 -1.7 1.028 0.978
4 40000 1.033 88.0 959 8.62 30.8 40.3 41320 10550 -2.3 1.043 0.974
5 50000 1.041 110.9 945 8.69 38.8 39.7 52050 13290 -3.0 1.058 0.970
6 60000 1.050 134.3 931 8.76 47.0 39.1 63000 16086 -4.3 1.075 0.964
7 70000 1.058 157.7 914 8.83 55.2 38.4 74060 18910 -5.4 1.093 0.958
8 80000 1.067 181.7 900 8.90 63.6 37.8 85360 21795 -5.8 1.111 0.952
9 90000 1.076 206.0 886 8.98 72.1 37.2 96840 24726 -6.8 1.130 0.943
10 100000 1.085 231.1 869 9.05 80.9 36.5 108500 27703 -7.7 1.151 0.934
11 110000 1.094 256.3 862 9.13 89.7 36.2 120340 30726 N/D 1.161 0.924
12 120000 1.103 281.7 852 9.20 98.6 35.8 132360 33796 -9.7 1.172 0.913
13 130000 1.112 308.0 836 9.28 107.8 35.1 144560 36911 N/D 1.195 0.901
14 140000 1.121 334.0 819 9.35 116.9 34.4 156940 40072 -14.5 1.220 0.888
15 150000 1.130 361.1 802 9.43 126.4 33.7 169500 43278 N/D 1.245 0.875
16 160000 1.139 388.0 786 9.50 135.8 33.0 182240 46531 -18.8 1.272 0.862
17 170000 1.148 415.7 750 9.58 145.5 31.5 195160 49830 N/D 1.334 0.846
18 180000 1.157 443.7 712 9.66 155.3 29.9 208260 53175 -25.0 1.403 0.830
19 190000 1.167 472.3 693 9.74 165.3 29.1 221730 56614 N/D 1.442 0.813
20 200000 1.176 500.9 674 9.81 175.3 28.3 235200 60054 -33.2 1.484 0.795
21 210000 1.186 530.6 655 9.90 185.7 27.5 249060 63593 N/D 1.529 0.778
22 220000 1.196 560.0 633 9.98 196.0 26.6 263120 67183 -28.1 1.577 0.760
23 230000 1.206 590.9 614 10.06 206.8 25.8 277380 70824 N/D 1.630 0.737
24 240000 1.216 621.4 593 10.15 217.5 24.9 291840 74516 -24.3 1.686 0.713
25 250000 1.227 653.1 571 10.24 228.6 24.0 306750 78323 N/D 1.750 0.691
26 260000 1.237 684.6 550 10.32 239.6 23.1 321620 82119 -20.5 1.818 0.669
27 270000 1.248 717.1 529 10.41 251.0 22.2 336960 86036 N/D 1.894 0.647
28 280000 1.258 749.7 505 10.50 262.4 21.2 352240 89938 -17.1 1.976 0.625
29 290000 1.269 783.1 483 10.59 274.1 20.3 368010 93964 N/D 2.070 0.604
30 300000 1.279 816.6 460 10.67 285.8 19.3 383700 97970 -16.4 2.174 0.582
Properties based @ 20°C and MgCl2⋅6H2O 99%.
Rev. 0 Page 51
PROPERTIES OF POTASSIUM ACETATE (CH 3 COOK)
SOLUTIONS
%w ppm CH3COOK Water CH3COOK Water mg/L mg/L Aw
SG PPG
kg/m3 Lt/m3 ppb gal/bbl K+ CH3COO-
1 10000 1.004 10.0 994 8.38 3.5 41.7 10040 4002 0.99
2 20000 1.009 20.0 989 8.42 7.0 41.5 20180 8043 0.98
3 30000 1.014 29.9 984 8.46 10.5 41.3 30420 12125 0.97
4 40000 1.019 40.0 979 8.50 14.0 41.1 40760 16246 0.96
5 50000 1.024 49.9 974 8.55 17.5 40.9 51200 20407 0.95
6 60000 1.029 62.7 966 8.59 21.9 40.6 61740 24608 0.94
7 70000 1.034 74.1 960 8.63 25.9 40.3 72380 28849 0.93
8 80000 1.040 85.5 954 8.68 29.9 40.1 83200 33161 0.92
9 90000 1.045 99.8 945 8.72 34.9 39.7 94050 37486 0.91
10 100000 1.050 111.1 938 8.76 38.9 39.4 105000 41850 0.90
11 110000 1.055 122.5 932 8.80 42.9 39.1 116050 46254 0.89
12 120000 1.060 136.8 923 8.85 47.9 38.8 127200 50698 0.88
13 130000 1.065 148.2 917 8.89 51.9 38.5 138450 55182 0.87
14 140000 1.070 162.4 907 8.93 56.8 38.1 149800 59706 0.86
15 150000 1.076 176.7 898 8.98 61.8 37.7 161400 64330 0.85
16 160000 1.081 191.1 889 9.02 66.9 37.3 172960 68937 0.84
17 170000 1.086 205.2 880 9.06 71.8 37.0 184620 73585 0.83
18 180000 1.091 219.4 871 9.10 76.8 36.6 196380 78272 0.82
19 190000 1.097 233.7 863 9.15 81.8 36.2 208430 83075 0.81
20 200000 1.102 250.8 851 9.20 87.8 35.7 220400 87845 0.80
21 210000 1.086 265.0 820 9.06 92.8 34.4 228060 90899 0.79
22 220000 1.113 282.1 830 9.29 98.7 34.9 244860 97595 0.78
23 230000 1.119 299.2 819 9.34 104.7 34.4 257370 102581 0.77
24 240000 1.124 316.3 807 9.38 110.7 33.9 269760 107519 0.76
25 250000 1.129 333.4 795 9.42 116.7 33.4 282250 112497 0.75

Rev. 0 Page 52
PROPERTIES OF SODIUM FORMATE SOLUTIONS (HCOONa)
%w ppm HCOONa Water HCOONa Water mg/L mg/L mg/L
SG PPG
kg/m3 Lt/m3 ppb gal/bbl HCOONa Na+ HCOO-
1 10000 1.005 10.0 997 8.39 3.5 41.9 10050 3396 6651
2 20000 1.010 20.2 992 8.43 7.1 41.7 20200 6826 13368
3 30000 1.016 30.5 987 8.48 10.7 41.5 30480 10300 20171
4 40000 1.022 40.9 982 8.53 14.3 41.2 40880 13815 27053
5 50000 1.027 51.4 978 8.57 18.0 41.1 51350 17353 33982
6 60000 1.034 62.0 973 8.63 21.7 40.9 62040 20966 41056
7 70000 1.040 72.8 969 8.68 25.5 40.7 72800 24602 48176
8 80000 1.046 83.7 964 8.73 29.3 40.5 83680 28279 55376
9 90000 1.053 94.7 959 8.79 33.1 40.3 94770 32027 62715
10 100000 1.059 105.8 956 8.84 37.0 40.2 105900 35788 70081
11 110000 1.067 117.2 950 8.90 41.0 39.9 117370 39664 77671
12 120000 1.072 128.7 945 8.95 45.0 39.7 128640 43473 85129
13 130000 1.079 140.3 940 9.00 49.1 39.5 140270 47403 92826
14 140000 1.085 152.0 935 9.05 53.2 39.3 151900 51333 100522
15 150000 1.092 163.8 930 9.11 57.3 39.1 163800 55355 108397
16 160000 1.099 175.8 924 9.17 61.5 38.8 175840 59424 116365
17 170000 1.105 187.9 919 9.22 65.8 38.6 187850 63482 124313
18 180000 1.112 200.2 913 9.28 70.1 38.3 200160 67642 132459
19 190000 1.119 212.6 907 9.34 74.4 38.1 212610 71850 140698
20 200000 1.125 226.1 902 9.39 79.1 37.9 225000 76037 148897
21 210000 1.132 237.7 896 9.45 83.2 37.6 237720 80335 157315
22 220000 1.139 250.6 890 9.50 87.7 37.4 250580 84681 165825
23 230000 1.146 253.6 883 9.56 88.8 37.1 263580 89075 174428
24 240000 1.153 276.7 878 9.62 96.8 36.9 276720 93515 183124
25 250000 1.160 290.0 871 9.68 101.5 36.6 290000 98003 191912
26 260000 1.167 303.5 865 9.74 106.2 36.3 303420 102538 200793
27 270000 1.174 317.1 859 9.80 111.0 36.1 316980 107121 209766
28 280000 1.182 330.9 852 9.86 115.8 35.8 330960 111845 219018
29 290000 1.189 344.9 846 9.92 120.7 35.5 344810 116525 228183
30 300000 1.197 359.1 839 9.99 125.7 35.2 359100 121355 237640
Rev. 0 Page 53
PROPERTIES OF SODIUM FORMATE SOLUTIONS (HCOONa)
(Cont’d)
%w ppm HCOONa Water HCOONa Water mg/L mg/L mg/L
SG PPG
kg/m3 Lt/m3 ppb gal/bbl HCOONa Na+ HCOO-
31 310000 1.205 373.4 833 10.06 130.7 35.0 373550 126238 247202
32 320000 1.212 388.0 827 10.11 135.8 34.7 387840 131067 256659
33 330000 1.220 402.7 819 10.18 141.0 34.4 402600 136055 266426
34 340000 1.228 417.6 812 10.25 146.2 34.1 417520 141097 276300
35 350000 1.236 432.7 806 10.31 151.5 33.9 432600 146193 286279
36 360000 1.244 447.9 798 10.38 156.8 33.5 447840 151344 296365
37 370000 1.252 463.3 790 10.45 162.2 33.2 463240 156548 306556
38 380000 1.260 478.8 783 10.51 167.6 32.9 478800 161806 316853
39 390000 1.268 494.5 775 10.58 173.1 32.6 494520 167119 327256
40 400000 1.276 510.3 767 10.65 178.6 32.2 510400 172485 337765
41 410000 1.283 526.1 758 10.71 184.1 31.8 526030 177767 348108
42 420000 1.291 542.0 750 10.77 189.7 31.5 542220 183238 358822
43 430000 1.297 557.9 741 10.82 195.3 31.1 557710 188473 369073
44 440000 1.304 573.8 732 10.88 200.8 30.7 573760 193897 379694
45 450000 1.310 589.6 722 10.93 206.4 30.3 589500 199216 390110
46 460000 1.316 605.2 712 10.98 211.8 29.9 605360 204576 400606
47 470000 1.320 620.6 701 11.02 217.2 29.4 620400 209659 410559
48 480000 1.324 635.7 690 11.05 222.5 29.0 635520 214768 420565
49 490000 1.327 650.5 678 11.07 227.7 28.5 650230 219739 430299
43 430000 1.297 557.9 741 10.82 195.3 31.1 557710 188473 369073
44 440000 1.304 573.8 732 10.88 200.8 30.7 573760 193897 379694
45 450000 1.310 589.6 722 10.93 206.4 30.3 589500 199216 390110
46 460000 1.316 605.2 712 10.98 211.8 29.9 605360 204576 400606
47 470000 1.320 620.6 701 11.02 217.2 29.4 620400 209659 410559
48 480000 1.324 635.7 690 11.05 222.5 29.0 635520 214768 420565
49 490000 1.327 650.5 678 11.07 227.7 28.5 650230 219739 430299

Rev. 0 Page 54
PROPERTIES OF POTASSIUM FORMATE SOLUTIONS (HCOOK)
%w ppm HCOOK Water HCOOK Water mg/L mg/L mg/L
SG PPG
kg/m3 Lt/m3 ppb gal/bbl HCOOK K+ HCOO-
1 10000 1.006 10.0 998 8.40 3.5 41.9 10060 4677 5383
2 20000 1.012 20.2 994 8.45 7.1 41.7 20240 9410 10830
3 30000 1.016 30.5 990 8.48 10.7 41.6 30480 14171 16309
4 40000 1.024 41.0 985 8.55 14.4 41.4 40960 19043 21917
5 50000 1.030 51.5 980 8.60 18.0 41.2 51500 23944 27556
6 60000 1.036 62.2 975 8.65 21.8 41.0 62160 28900 33260
7 70000 1.042 72.9 970 8.70 25.5 40.7 72940 33911 39029
8 80000 1.047 83.8 966 8.74 29.3 40.6 83760 38942 44818
9 90000 1.053 94.8 960 8.79 33.2 40.3 94770 44061 50709
10 100000 1.059 105.9 954 8.84 37.1 40.1 105900 49235 56665
11 110000 1.065 117.1 949 8.89 41.0 39.9 117150 54466 62684
12 120000 1.070 128.5 944 8.93 45.0 39.6 128400 59696 68704
13 130000 1.076 139.9 938 8.98 49.0 39.4 139880 65033 74847
14 140000 1.082 151.5 932 9.03 53.0 39.1 151480 70426 81054
15 150000 1.088 163.2 928 9.08 57.1 39.0 163200 75875 87325
16 160000 1.094 175.0 921 9.13 61.3 38.7 175040 81380 93660
17 170000 1.100 187.0 919 9.18 65.5 38.6 187000 86941 100059
18 180000 1.106 199.1 909 9.23 69.7 38.2 199080 92557 106523
19 190000 1.113 211.4 903 9.29 74.0 37.9 211470 98317 113153
20 200000 1.119 223.8 897 9.34 78.3 37.7 223800 104050 119750
21 210000 1.125 236.3 891 9.39 82.7 37.4 236250 109838 126412
22 220000 1.132 249.0 884 9.45 87.2 37.1 249040 115784 133256
23 230000 1.139 261.9 878 9.50 91.7 36.9 261970 121796 140174
24 240000 1.145 274.9 872 9.56 96.2 36.6 274800 127761 147039
25 250000 1.152 288.0 866 9.61 100.8 36.4 288000 133898 154102
26 260000 1.159 301.3 859 9.67 105.5 36.1 301340 140100 161240
27 270000 1.166 314.8 853 9.73 110.2 35.8 314820 146367 168453
28 280000 1.173 328.5 846 9.79 115.0 35.5 328440 152699 175741
29 290000 1.180 342.3 840 9.85 119.8 35.3 342200 159097 183103
30 300000 1.187 356.3 833 9.91 124.7 35.0 356100 165559 190541
31 310000 1.195 370.4 826 9.97 129.6 34.7 370450 172231 198219
Rev. 0 Page 55
(Cont’d)
SG PPG
32 320000 1.202 384.8 819 10.03 134.7 34.4 384640 178828 205812
33 330000 1.210 399.2 812 10.10 139.7 34.1 399300 185644 213656
34 340000 1.217 413.9 805 10.16 144.9 33.8 413780 192376 221404
35 350000 1.225 428.8 798 10.22 150.1 33.5 428750 199336 229414
36 360000 1.233 443.8 790 10.29 155.3 33.2 443880 206370 237510
37 370000 1.240 459.0 783 10.35 160.7 32.9 458800 213307 245493
38 380000 1.248 474.3 775 10.41 166.0 32.6 474240 220485 253755
39 390000 1.256 489.8 768 10.48 171.4 32.3 489840 227738 262102
40 400000 1.264 505.6 760 10.55 177.0 31.9 505600 235065 270535
41 410000 1.272 521.4 752 10.61 182.5 31.6 521520 242466 279054
42 420000 1.280 537.5 744 10.68 188.1 31.2 537600 249942 287658
43 430000 1.288 553.7 735 10.75 193.8 30.9 553840 257493 296347
44 440000 1.296 570.1 727 10.82 199.5 30.5 570240 265118 305122
45 450000 1.304 586.7 718 10.88 205.4 30.2 586800 272817 313983
46 460000 1.312 603.5 710 10.95 211.2 29.8 603520 280590 322930
47 470000 1.320 620.4 701 11.02 217.2 29.4 620400 288438 331962
48 480000 1.328 637.5 692 11.08 223.1 29.1 637440 296360 341080
49 490000 1.336 654.8 683 11.15 229.2 28.7 654640 304357 350283
50 500000 1.344 672.2 673 11.2 235.3 28.3 672000 312428 359572
51 510000 1.353 689.8 664 11.3 241.4 27.9 690030 320811 369219
52 520000 1.361 707.6 654 11.4 247.7 27.5 707720 329035 378685
53 530000 1.369 725.6 645 11.4 254.0 27.1 725570 337334 388236
54 540000 1.377 743.8 635 11.5 260.3 26.7 743580 345707 397873
55 550000 1.386 762.2 625 11.6 266.8 26.3 762300 354411 407889
56 560000 1.394 780.8 615 11.6 273.3 25.8 780640 362937 417703
57 570000 1.403 799.5 604 11.7 279.8 25.4 799710 371803 427907
58 580000 1.411 818.5 594 11.8 286.5 24.9 818380 380483 437897
59 590000 1.42 837.7 583 11.8 293.2 24.5 837800 389512 448288

Rev. 0 Page 56
(Cont’d)
SG PPG
60 600000 1.429 587.1 572 11.9 205.5 24.0 857400 398625 458775
61 610000 1.437 876.8 562 12.0 306.9 23.6 876570 407537 469033
62 620000 1.446 896.7 551 12.1 313.9 23.1 896520 416813 479707
63 630000 1.456 916.9 539 12.2 320.9 22.6 917280 426464 490816
64 640000 1.465 937.3 528 12.2 328.1 22.2 937600 435912 501688

Rev. 0 Page 57
NOTES:

Rev. 0 Page 58
MUD PUMPS
1. Theoretical Flow Rate
a. Duplex pumps
 d2 
Qt = 0.0515⋅n⋅L⋅  D 2 − 
 2 
b. Triplex pumps
Qt = 0.0386⋅n⋅L⋅D2
Qt = theoretical flow rate (L/m) n = strokes per minute (strokes/min) L = length of stroke (in)
D = liner diameter (in) d = piston rod diameter (in)
2. Volumetric Efficiency (ηv)
Qr
ηv =
Qt
Qr = true measured flow rate (L/m)
Issue 1: November 2004 Mud Pumps

Rev. 0 Page 59
DUPLEX PUMP OUTPUT
Liters/Stroke @ 90% Efficiency (2” Rod Diameter)
Liner diameter (mm)

Stroke Length
101 108 114 121 127 133 140 146 152 159 165 170 178 184 190 197 203 209 216
(mm)
203 5.40 6.19 6.99 7.78 8.73 6.69 10.6 11.5 12.7 13.8 15.0 16.2 17.4 18.9
254 6.67 7.62 8.58 6.69 10.8 12.0 13.3 14.6 15.9 17.3 18.7 20.0 21.9 23.6
305 7.78 9.90 10.1 11.4 12.9 14.3 15.9 17.3 19.1 20.7 22.6 24.3 26.2 28.3 30.4
356 14.6 16.4 18.0 19.9 21.8 23.8 25.9 28.0 30.2 32.4 35.0 37.4 39.9
381 15.6 17.3 19.2 21.1 23.2 25.3 27.5 29.7 32.3 34.7 37.4 39.9 42.8
406 16.7 18.6 20.5 22.6 24.8 27.0 29.4 32.3 34.5 37.0 39.7 42.8 45.6 48.6
457 18.4 20.7 22.7 25.3 27.8 30.2 32.7 35.6 38.5 41.3 44.5 47.7 51.1 54.4
508 20.3 22.7 25.1 28.0 30.5 33.4 36.4 39.4 46.2 45.9 49.4 53.1 56.8 60.4
559 49.8 53.5 57.3 61.1 65.1 69.2 73.5
610 71.1 75.6 80.2
Note: For pump output in m3/stroke, move the decimal point 3 places to the left.
DUPLEX MUD PUMPS:
The pistons on a duplex mud pump work in both directions, so that the rear cylinder has the pump rod moving through its swept volume and
occupying some volume. The difference in calculations for a duplex vs. a triplex pump is that the displacement volume of this pump rod
must be subtracted from the volume in one of the cylinders, plus the difference in number of pumping cylinders; 4 for a duplex and 3 for a
triplex. Duplex pumps generally have longer strokes (in the 10 to 18 in. range) and operate at lower rate; in the 40 to 80 stroke/min range.
The general equation to calculate output of a duplex pump is:
2 ⋅ ID 2 (mm) − OD 2 (mm)
Pump output (liters/stroke) = ⋅ L(mm) ⋅ Eff (decimal)
636500
Where:
ID = ID of the liner L= Length of the pump stroke
OD = OD of the rod Eff = Pump efficiency (decimal)
Rev. 0 Page 60
TRIPLEX PUMP OUTPUT
Liters/Stroke @ 100% Efficiency
Liner diameter (mm)

Stroke Length
102 108 114 121 127 133 140 146 152 159 165 170 178 184 190 197 203
(mm)
102 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.5 3.9 4.3
114 2.8 3.1 3.5 3.9 4.3 4.8 5.3 5.7 6.3
127 3.0 3.5 3.9 4.4 4.8 5.3 5.8 6.4 6.9 7.5
140 3.4 3.8 4.3 4.8 5.3 5.8 6.5 7.0 7.6 8.3
152 3.7 4.2 4.7 5.2 5.8 6.4 7.0 7.7 8.3 9.0 9.7
165 4.0 4.5 5.1 5.7 6.3 6.9 7.6 8.3 9.0 9.8 10.6
178 4.3 4.9 5.5 6.1 6.8 7.4 8.2 8.9 9.7 10.6 11.4 12.3 13.2
190 4.6 5.2 5.9 6.5 7.2 8.0 8.8 9.6 10.4 11.3 12.2 13.1 14.2 15.2 16.1
203 4.9 5.6 6.2 6.9 7.7 8.5 9.3 10.2 11.1 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.1 16.2 17.3 18.5 19.7
216 5.2 5.9 6.6 7.4 8.2 9.0 9.9 10.8 11.8 12.8 13.8 14.9 16.3 17.2 18.5 19.7 21.0
229 5.6 6.3 7.0 7.8 8.7 9.6 10.5 11.5 12.5 13.6 14.7 15.8 17.0 18.3 19.5 20.9 22.2
241 5.9 6.6 7.4 8.3 9.2 10.1 11.1 12.1 13.2 14.3 15.5 16.7 18.0 19.3 20.6 22.0 23.3
254 6.2 7.0 7.8 8.7 9.6 10.6 11.7 12.8 13.9 15.1 16.3 17.6 18.9 20.3 21.7 23.2 24.7
267 6.5 7.3 8.2 9.1 10.1 11.2 12.3 13.4 14.6 15.8 17.2 18.5 19.9 21.3 22.8 24.3 25.9
279 6.8 7.7 8.6 9.6 10.6 11.7 12.8 14.0 15.3 16.6 17.9 19.3 20.8 22.3 23.9 25.5 27.2
292 7.1 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.1 12.2 13.4 14.7 16.0 17.3 18.7 20.2 21.8 23.3 25.0 26.7 28.4
305 7.4 8.4 9.4 10.4 11.6 12.8 13.8 15.3 16.7 18.1 19.6 21.1 22.2 24.3 26.0 27.8 29.6
Note: For pump output in m3/stroke, move the decimal point 3 places to the left.
TRIPLEX MUD PUMPS

The pistons on a triplex mud pump work only on the forward stroke, and generally have short strokes (in the 6-12 inch range) and operate at
rates in the 60-120 stroke/min range.
ID 2 (mm) ⋅ L(mm) ⋅ Eff (decimal)

The general equation to calculate output of a triplex pump is: Pump output (liters/stroke) =
424333
Where: ID = ID of the liner L= Length of the pump stroke Eff = Pump efficiency (decimal)

Rev. 0 Page 61
NOTES:

Rev. 0 Page 62
CAPACITY OF HOLE VOLUMES
Diameter Capacity Diameter Capacity Diameter Capacity Diameter Capacity Diameter Capacity
(in) (L/m) (in) (L/m) (in) (L/m) (in) (L/m) (in) (L/m)
1 0.507 5 12.67 9 41.04 13 85.63 17 146.4
1 1/8 0.641 5 1/8 13.31 9 1/8 42.19 13 1/8 87.29 17 1/8 148.6
1 1/4 0.792 5 1/4 13.97 9 1/4 43.35 13 1/4 88.96 17 1/4 150.8
1 3/8 0.958 5 3/8 14.64 9 3/8 44.53 13 3/8 90.64 17 3/8 153.0
1 1/2 1.140 5 1/2 15.33 9 1/2 45.73 13 1/2 92.35 17 1/2 155.2
1 5/8 1.338 5 5/8 16.03 9 5/8 46.94 13 5/8 94.06 17 5/8 157.4
1 3/4 1.552 5 3/4 16.75 9 3/4 48.17 13 3/4 95.80 17 3/4 159.6
1 7/8 1.781 5 7/8 17.49 9 7/8 49.41 13 7/8 97.55 17 7/8 161.9
2 2.027 6 18.24 10 50.67 14 99.31 18 164.2
2 1/8 2.288 6 1/8 19.01 10 1/8 51.94 14 1/8 101.1 18 1/8 166.5
2 1/4 2.565 6 1/4 19.79 10 1/4 53.24 14 1/4 102.9 18 1/4 168.8
2 3/8 2.858 6 3/8 20.59 10 3/8 54.54 14 3/8 104.7 18 3/8 171.1
2 1/2 3.167 6 1/2 21.41 10 1/2 55.86 14 1/2 106.5 18 1/2 173.4
2 5/8 3.491 6 5/8 22.24 10 5/8 57.20 14 5/8 108.4 18 5/8 175.8
2 3/4 3.832 6 3/4 23.09 10 3/4 58.56 14 3/4 110.2 18 3/4 178.1
2 7/8 4.188 6 7/8 23.95 10 7/8 59.93 14 7/8 112.1 18 7/8 180.5
3 4.560 7 24.83 11 61.31 15 114.0 19 182.9
3 1/8 4.948 7 1/8 25.72 11 1/8 62.71 15 1/8 115.9 19 1/8 185.3
3 1/4 5.352 7 1/4 26.63 11 1/4 64.13 15 1/4 117.8 19 1/4 187.8
3 3/8 5.772 7 3/8 27.56 11 3/8 65.56 15 3/8 119.8 19 3/8 190.2
3 1/2 6.207 7 1/2 28.50 11 1/2 67.01 15 1/2 121.7 19 1/2 192.7
3 5/8 6.658 7 5/8 29.46 11 5/8 68.48 15 5/8 123.7 19 5/8 195.2
3 3/4 7.125 7 3/4 30.43 11 3/4 69.96 15 3/4 125.7 19 3/4 197.6
3 7/8 7.608 7 7/8 31.42 11 7/8 71.45 15 7/8 127.7 19 7/8 200.2
4 8.107 8 32.43 12 72.96 16 129.7 20 202.7
4 1/8 8.622 8 1/8 33.45 12 1/8 74.49 16 1/8 131.7 20 1/8 205.2
4 1/4 9.152 8 1/4 34.49 12 1/4 76.04 16 1/4 133.8 20 1/4 207.8
4 3/8 9.699 8 3/8 35.54 12 3/8 77.60 16 3/8 135.9 20 3/8 210.4
4 1/2 10.26 8 1/2 36.61 12 1/2 79.17 16 1/2 137.9 20 1/2 212.9
4 5/8 10.84 8 5/8 37.69 12 5/8 80.76 16 5/8 140.0 20 5/8 215.5
4 3/4 11.43 8 3/4 38.79 12 3/4 82.37 16 3/4 142.2 20 3/4 218.2
4 7/8 12.04 8 7/8 39.91 12 7/8 83.99 16 7/8 144.3 20 7/8 220.8
Issue 1: November 2004 Capacities & Volumes

Rev. 0 Page 63
CAPACITY OF HOLE VOLUMES (continued)
Diameter Capacity Diameter Capacity Diameter Capacity Diameter Capacity
(in) (L/m) (in) (L/m) (in) (L/m) (in) (L/m)
21 223.5 25 316.7 29 426.1 33 551.8
21 1/8 226.1 25 1/8 319.9 29 1/8 429.8 33 1/8 556.0
21 1/4 228.8 25 1/4 323.1 29 1/4 433.5 33 1/4 560.2
21 3/8 231.5 25 3/8 326.3 29 3/8 437.2 33 3/8 564.4
21 1/2 234.2 25 1/2 329.5 29 1/2 441.0 33 1/2 568.6
21 5/8 237.0 25 5/8 332.7 29 5/8 444.7 33 5/8 572.9
21 3/4 239.7 25 3/4 336.0 29 3/4 448.5 33 3/4 577.2
21 7/8 242.5 25 7/8 339.2 29 7/8 452.2 33 7/8 581.4
22 245.2 26 342.5 30 456.0 34 585.7
22 1/8 248.0 26 1/8 345.8 30 1/8 459.8 34 1/8 590.1
22 1/4 250.8 26 1/4 349.1 30 1/4 463.7 34 1/4 594.4
22 3/8 253.7 26 3/8 352.5 30 3/8 467.5 34 3/8 598.7
22 1/2 256.5 26 1/2 355.8 30 1/2 471.4 34 1/2 603.1
22 5/8 259.4 26 5/8 359.2 30 5/8 475.2 34 5/8 607.5
22 3/4 262.2 26 3/4 362.6 30 3/4 479.1 34 3/4 611.9
22 7/8 265.1 26 7/8 366.0 30 7/8 483.0 34 7/8 616.3
23 268.0 27 369.4 31 486.9 35 620.7
23 1/8 271.0 27 1/8 372.8 31 1/8 490.9 35 1/8 625.1
23 1/4 273.9 27 1/4 376.3 31 1/4 494.8 35 1/4 629.6
23 3/8 276.9 27 3/8 379.7 31 3/8 498.8 35 3/8 634.1
23 1/2 279.8 27 1/2 383.2 31 1/2 502.8 35 1/2 638.6
23 5/8 282.8 27 5/8 386.7 31 5/8 506.8 35 5/8 643.1
23 3/4 285.8 27 3/4 390.2 31 3/4 510.8 35 3/4 647.6
23 7/8 288.8 27 7/8 393.7 31 7/8 514.8 35 7/8 652.1
24 291.9 28 397.3 32 518.9 36 656.7
24 1/8 294.9 28 1/8 400.8 32 1/8 522.9 36 1/8 661.3
24 1/4 298.0 28 1/4 404.4 32 1/4 527.0 36 1/4 665.8
24 3/8 301.1 28 3/8 408.0 32 3/8 531.1 36 3/8 670.4
24 1/2 304.1 28 1/2 411.6 32 1/2 535.2 36 1/2 675.1
24 5/8 307.3 28 5/8 415.2 32 5/8 539.3 36 5/8 679.7
24 3/4 310.4 28 3/4 418.8 32 3/4 543.5 36 3/4 684.3
24 7/8 313.5 28 7/8 422.5 32 7/8 547.6 36 7/8 689.0

Rev. 0 Page 64
CAPACITY & DISPLACEMENT
OF DRILL COLLARS
Total displacement Capacity
OD (in) ID (in)
(L/m) (L/m)
3 1/8 4.95 1 1/4 0.79
3 1/4 5.35 1 1/2 1.14
3 1/2 6.21 1 1/2 1.14
3 3/4 7.13 1 1/2 1.14
4 1/8 8.62 2 2.03
4 1/4 9.15 2 2.03
4 1/2 10.26 2 2.03
4 3/4 11.43 2 2.03
5 12.67 2 1/4 2.57
5 1/4 13.97 2 1/4 2.57
5 1/2 15.33 2 1/4 2.57
5 3/4 16.75 2 1/4 2.57
6 18.24 2 1/4 2.57
6 1/4 19.79 2 1/4 2.57
6 1/2 21.41 2 1/4 2.57
6 3/4 23.09 2 1/4 2.57
7 24.83 2 1/4 2.57
7 1/4 26.63 2 13/16 4.01
7 1/2 28.50 2 13/16 4.01
7 3/4 30.43 2 13/16 4.01
8 32.43 2 13/16 4.01
8 1/4 34.49 2 13/16 4.01
8 1/2 36.61 2 13/16 4.01
8 3/4 38.79 2 13/16 4.01
9 41.04 2 13/16 4.01
9 1/4 43.35 3 4.56
9 1/2 45.73 3 4.56
9 3/4 48.17 3 4.56
10 50.67 3 4.56
11 61.31 3 4.56
11 1/4 64.13 3 4.56
Rev. 0 Page 65
CAPACITY AND DISPLACEMENT OF CASING
O.D. MASS I.D. CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT O.D. MASS I.D. CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
(mm) (kg/m) (mm) (m3/metre) (m3/metre) (mm (kg/m) (mm) (m3/meter) (m3/meter)
14.14 103.89 0.0085 0.0018 35.71 178.44 0.0250 0.0045
114.3 15.62 102.92 0.0083 0.0019 39.28 177.01 0.0246 0.0049
193.7
(4 ½”) 17.26 101.60 0.0081 0.0022 44.19 174.63 0.0239 0.0055
(7 ? ”)
20.09 99.57 0.0078 0.0025 50.15 171.83 0.0232 0.0063
17.11 115.82 0.0105 0.0021 58.03 168.28 0.0222 0.0072
127.0 19.34 114.15 0.0102 0.0024 35.71 205.66 0.0332 0.0045
(5”) 22.32 111.96 0.0098 0.0028 41.66 203.63 0.0326 0.0051
26.78 108.61 0.0093 0.0034 47.62 201.19 0.0318 0.0059
219.1
20.83 127.31 0.0129 0.0026 53.57 198.76 0.0310 0.0068
(8 ? ”)
23.06 125.73 0.0124 0.0029 59.52 196.22 0.0302 0.0075
139.7
25.30 124.26 0.0121 0.0032 65.47 193.68 0.0295 0.0082
(5 ½”)
29.76 121.36 0.0116 0.0038 72.91 190.78 0.0286 0.0091
34.22 118.62 0.0111 0.0043 48.06 228.63 0.0411 0.0059
29.76 153.65 0.0185 0.0037 53.57 226.59 0.0403 0.0066
168.3 35.71 150.39 0.0178 0.0045 244.5 59.52 224.41 0.0396 0.0074
(6 ? ”) 41.66 147.09 0.0170 0.0053 (9 ? ”) 64.73 222.38 0.0388 0.0081
47.62 144.15 0.0163 0.0059 69.94 220.50 0.0382 0.0088
25.30 166.07 0.0217 0.0032 79.61 216.79 0.0369 0.0100
29.76 163.98 0.0211 0.0037 250.8
93.46 219.04 0.0377 0.0117
34.22 161.70 0.0205 0.0043 (9 7/8”)
177.8 38.69 159.41 0.0200 0.0049 48.73 258.88 0.0526 0.0059
(7”) 43.15 157.07 0.0194 0.0054 60.26 255.27 0.0512 0.0074
273.0
47.62 154.79 0.0188 0.0060 67.70 252.73 0.0502 0.0084
(10 ¾”)
52.08 152.50 0.0183 0.0066 75.89 250.19 0.0492 0.0092
56.54 150.37 0.0178 0.0071 82.58 247.90 0.0483 0.0103
(continued)

Rev. 0 Page 66
CAPACITY AND DISPLACEMENT OF CASING (Continued)
O.D. MASS I.D. CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT O.D. MASS I.D. CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT
(mm) (kg/m) (mm) (m3/metre) (m3/metre) (mm) (kg/m) (mm) (m3/metre) (m3/metre)
62.50 281.53 0.0623 0.0077
96.72 387.35 0.1178 0.0119
298.4 69.94 279.40 0.0613 0.0086 406.4
111.60 384.18 0.1159 0.0138
(11 ¾”) 80.35 276.35 0.0600 0.0099 (16”)
124.99 381.25 0.1142 0.0156
89.28 273.61 0.0588 0.0111
71.42 322.96 0.0819 0.0087
81.10 320.42 0.0802 0.0100
339.7 473.1
90.77 317.88 0.0794 0.0113 130.21 450.98 0.1597 0.0160
(13 ? ”) (18 ? ”)
101.18 315.34 0.0781 0.0125
107.14 313.61 0.0772 0.0134
140.19 485.75 0.1854 0.0178
346.1 508.0
131.25 314.34 0.0776 0.0165 158.83 482.60 0.1830 0.0202
(13 ? ”) (20”)
198.35 475.74 0.1778 0.0253
234.64 736.60 0.4263 0.0299
355.6 141.08 322.28 0.0816 0.0177 762
349.41 723.90 0.4117 0.0445
(14”) 147.33 320.64 0.0807 0.0186 (30”)
462.29 711.20 0.3972 0.0589
• The formula for calculating the capacity of a hole or a pipe is:
Capacity (liters/meter) = (ID. mm) 2 x 0.0007854
• The annular or displacement volume can be calculated using a similar formula:
Capacity (liters/meter) = (OD. mm)2 – (ID. mm)2 x 0.0007854

Rev. 0 Page 67
CAPACITY AND DISPLACEMENT OF DRILL PIPE
O.D. MASS I.D. CAPACITY DISPLACEMENT 139.7 32.6 121.4 0.0116 0.00416
(mm) (kg/m) (mm) (m3/metre) (m3/metre) (5 ½”) 36.8 11.6 0.0111 0.00469
60.3 7.2 50.7 0.0020 0.00092 152.4 57.2 123.5 0.0026 0.0157
(2 ? ”) 9.9 46.1 0.0017 0.00126 (6”) 71.4 111.6 0.0040 0.0142
9.6 62.7 0.0031 0.00122 158.8 57.2 135.4 0.0026 0.0172
73.0 10.2 62.0 0.0030 0.00130 (6 ¼”) 71.4 123.5 0.0040 0.0158
(2 ? ”) 12.4 59.0 0.0027 0.00159 165.1 57.2 147.3 0.0026 0.0188
15.5 54.6 0.0023 0.00197 (6 ½”) 71.4 135.4 0.0040 0.0174
79.4 171.5
31.8 29.8 0.008 0.0042 57.2 160.7 0.0026 0.0205
(3 ? ”) (6 ¾”)
12.7 77.8 0.0048 0.00161 177.8 57.2 174.1 0.0026 0.0223
14.1 76.0 0.0045 0.00180 (7”) 71.4 163.7 0.0040 0.0208
88.9 16.7 73.7 0.0043 0.00213 184.2
(3 ½”) 19.8 70.2 0.0039 0.00252 71.4 177.1 0.0040 0.0226
(7 ¼”)
23.1 66.1 0.0034 0.00294 196.9
38.1 40.2 0.0011 0.0051 71.4 206.9 0.0040 0.0264
(7 ¾”)
17.6 88.3 0.0061 0.00225 203.2
101.6 71.4 223.2 0.0040 0.0284
20.8 84.8 0.0057 0.00266 (8”)
(4”)
23.4 82.3 0.0053 0.00298 209.6
104.8 71.4 238.1 0.0040 0.0305
50.8 52.1 0.0020 0.0066 (8 ¼”)
(4 ? ”) 228.6
19.0 101.6 0.0081 0.00242 71.4 290.2 0.0040 0.0370
(9”)
114.3 20.5 100.5 0.0079 0.00261 241.3
(4 ½”) 24.7 97.2 0.0074 0.00315 76.2 327.4 0.0046 0.0411
(9 ½”)
29.8 92.5 0.0067 0.00380 247.7
120.7 76.2 345.3 0.0046 0.0436
57.2 78.9 0.0026 0.0101 (9 ¾”)
(4 ¾”) 254.0
76.2 366.1 0.0046 0.0461
24.2 112.0 0.0098 0.00309 (10”)
127
29.0 108.6 0.0093 0.00370 279.4
(5”) 76.2 449.4 0.0046 0.0567
30.5 107.0 0.0090 0.00389 (11”)

Rev. 0 Page 68
CAPACITY AND DISPLACEMENT OF TUBING
8.65 7.82 2.59
O.D. MASS Thickness Capacity Displacement 2 7/8 9.40 8.64 2.44 4.19
(in) (lb/ft) (mm) (L/metre) (L/m) 9.80 9.19 2.35
1.17 2.87 0.34 12.80 9.53 3.83
1.050 0.56
1.51 3.91 0.28 3 1/2 13.70 10.49 3.62 6.21
1.75 3.38 0.56 14.30 10.92 3.53
1.315 0.88
2.21 4.55 0.46 13.20 8.38 5.65
2.10 3.18 1.01 14.80 9.65 5.32
4 8.11
1.660 2.35 3.56 0.96 1.40 16.10 10.54 5.09
3.05 4.85 0.83 16.50 10.92 5.00
2.83 3.68 1.31 17.00 9.65 7.1
1.900 3.70 5.08 1.14 1.83 4 1/2 18.90 10.92 6.7 10.26
4.42 6.35 0.99 21.50 12.70 6.2
3.25 3.96 1.55
2.063 2.16
4.50 5.72 1.32
5.10 5.54 1.90
2 3/8 5.85 6.45 1.77 2.86
6.60 7.49 1.61

Rev. 0 Page 69
ANNULAR VOLUME BETWEEN DRILL PIPE
AND OPEN HOLE OR CASING
DRILL PIPE HOLE or CASING SIZE ANNULAR VOLUME 200 0.0212
O.D. (mm) (mm) (m3/metre) 210 0.0243
89 0.0033 213 0.0253
95 0.0042 216 0.0261
60 219 0.0274
102 0.0052
(2 ? ”) 222 0.0285
105 0.0057
114 0.0074 114 235 0.0319
105 0.0044 (4 ½”) 241 0.0355
114 0.0060 244 0.0367
117 0.0066 248 0.0379
73 267 0.0456
121 0.0072
(2 ? ”) 311 0.0658
127 0.0085
140 0.0112 375 0.1000
149 0.0133 381 0.1038
127 0.0064 200 0.0188
140 0.0091 210 0.0218
146 0.0105 213 0.0229
152 0.0120 216 0.0239
89 219 0.0250
159 0.0136
(3 ½”) 222 0.0261
165 0.0152
175 0.0177 127 235 0.0307
178 0.0186 (5”) 241 0.0331
200 0.0252 244 0.0343
140 0.0071 248 0.0355
146 0.0086 267 0.0432
149 0.0093 311 0.0634
159 0.0117 375 0.0976
165 0.0113 381 0.1014
102 222 0.0235
175 0.0159
(4”) 235 0.0280
178 0.0167
187 0.0195 140 248 0.0329
200 0.0233 (5 ½”) 267 0.0405
203 0.0243 311 0.0607
222 0.0252 375 0.094
Rev. 0 Page 70
ANNULAR VOLUME BETWEEN DRILL COLLARS AND OPEN
HOLE OR CASING
DRILL COLLAR HOLE or CASING ANNULAR VOLUME DRILL COLLAR HOLE or CASING ANNULAR VOLUME
O.D. (mm) SIZE (mm) (m3/metre) O.D. (mm) SIZE (mm) (m3/metre)
127 0.0024 0.0046
165
140 0.0050 0.0063
114 171
149 0.0072 0.0127
(4 ½”) 146 194
152 0.0079 0.0147
(5 ¾”) 200
165 0.0112 0.0188
213
140 0.0039 0.0199
216
149 0.0060 0.0221
222
152 0.0068 0.0290
121 241
159 0.0083 0.0327
(4 ¾”)
165 0.0099 171 0.0048
175 0.0125 194 0.0112
178 0.0134 200 0.0132
149 0.0048 152 213 0.0173
152 0.0055 (6”) 216 0.0184
156 0.0063 222 0.0206
127 159 0.0071 241 0.0275
(5”) 165 0.0087 251 0.0312
171 0.0104 200 0.0083
194 0.0168 171 216 0.0135
200 0.0188 (6 ¾”) 222 0.0230
165 0.0061 311 0.0529
171 0.0077 200 0.0065
194 0.0141 213 0.0107
200 0.0161 216 0.0118
140
213 0.0202 222 0.0140
(5 ½”)
216 0.0213 241 0.0209
178
222 0.0235 251 0.0246
(7”)
241 0.0304 270 0.0324
251 0.0341 279 0.0365
311 0.0512
375 0.0854
381 0.0892

Rev. 0 Page 71
DRILL COLLAR HOLE or CASING ANNULAR VOLUME
O.D. (mm) SIZE (mm) (m3/metre)
222 0.0083
241 0.0153
251 0.0190
197
270 0.0268
(7 ¾”)
279 0.0309
311 0.0456
368 0.0761
229 322 0.0350
(9”) 438 0.1097

Rev. 0 Page 72
DIMENSION AND STRENGTH OF DRILL PIPE
O.D. Weight O.D. Mass Wall Thickness I.D. Collapse Internal Yield Pipe Body Yield
Grade
(in) (lb/ft) (mm) (kg/m) (mm) (mm) Resistance (mPa) Pressure (mPa) Strength (mPa)
6.65 9.90 D 7.1 46.1 78.880 78.260 698.850
2? 4.85 60.3 7.72 E 4.8 50.7 76.120 72.400 674.450
6.65 9.90 E 7.1 46.1 107.560 106.660 952.990
10.40 15.48 D 9.2 54.6 83.500 83.560 1063.720
2? 6.85 73.0 10.19 E 5.5 62.0 72.190 68.330 937.000
10.40 15.48 E 9.2 54.6 113.970 113.970 1477.820
13.30 19.79 D 9.3 70.2 71.360 69.770 1373.090
15.50 23.07 D 11.4 66.1 84.810 85.150 1631.990
3½ 9.50 88.9 14.14 E 6.5 76.0 60.220 65.640 1339.380
13.30 19.79 E 9.3 70.2 97.290 95.150 1872.410
15.50 23.07 E 11.4 66.1 115.630 116.110 2225.490
14.00 20.83 D 8.4 84.8 57.430 54.740 1442.800
4 11.85 101.6 17.83 E 6.7 88.3 57.980 59.290 1590.970
14.00 20.83 E 8.4 84.8 78.260 74.670 1967.490
16.60 24.70 D 8.6 97.2 52.540 49.710 1671.360
20.00 29.76 D 10.9 92.5 65.570 63.430 2084.970
4½ 13.75 114.3 20.46 E 6.9 100.5 46.640 54.470 1861.860
16.60 24.70 E 8.6 97.2 71.640 67.780 2279.130
20.00 29.76 E 10.9 92.5 89.360 86.460 2843.120
19.50 29.02 D 9.2 108.6 50.950 48.060 2000.170
5 16.25 127.0 24.18 E 7.5 112.0 48.060 53.570 2261.960
19.50 29.02 E 9.2 108.6 68.950 65.500 2727.570
21.90 32.59 D 9.2 121.4 45.570 43.570 2310.110
24.70 36.76 D 10.5 118.6 52.880 50.080 2514.040
5½ 139.7
21.90 32.59 E 9.2 121.4 58.190 59.360 3013.840
24.70 36.76 E 10.5 118.6 72.120 68.260 3428.210
25.20 37.50 D 8.4 151.5 27.650 33.030 2474.800
6? 168.3
25.20 37.50 E 8.4 151.5 33.160 45.090 3374.710

Rev. 0 Page 73
HOLE VOLUME (With Pipe in Hole)
Cubic Meters per 100 Meters (m3/100m)
HOLE DIAMETER (mm)

Pipe Size
143 152 156 159 171 194 200 219 222 229 251 279 311 349 381
(mm)
0 1.61 1.81 1.91 1.99 2.30 2.94 3.14 3.77 3.87 4.12 4.95 6.11 7.60 9.57 11.40
89 1.36 1.56 1.66 1.74 2.05 2.71 2.89 3.52 3.62 3.87 4.70 5.85 7.35 9.32 11.15
102 1.35 1.53 1.61 1.69 2.02 2.66 2.85 3.48 3.59 3.82 4.65 5.83 7.31 9.30 11.11
114 1.30 1.50 1.60 1.68 1.99 2.65 2.83 3.46 3.56 3.81 4.60 5.80 7.29 9.26 11.09
127 1.24 1.44 1.54 1.62 1.93 2.59 2.77 3.40 3.50 3.75 4.58 5.74 7.23 9.20 11.03

Rev. 0 Page 74
ANNULAR VELOCITY MULTIPLIERS
BIT SIZE (mm)
Pipe Size
136 143 152 156 159 171 194 200 219 222 229 251 279 311 349 381 445
(mm)
73 84.7 77.9 71.1 67.5 64.2 52.5 39.7 36.8 29.9 29.0 27.2
76 87.0 82.0 73.4 68.6 65.3 54.3 40.0 37.2 30.2 29.3 27.4 22.3
89 120.4 101.6 83.9 77.6 73.3 59.7 42.8 39.7 31.8 30.8 28.6 23.1 18.2 14.3
102 157.3 125.7 99.6 90.9 85.1 67.3 46.5 42.9 33.8 32.7 30.2 24.2 18.9 14.7 11.4 9.4 6.8
114 103.6 78.4 51.7 47.2 36.4 35.1 32.3 25.5 19.6 15.2 11.7 9.6 6.9
127 39.9 38.4 35.1 27.2 20.6 15.8 12.0 9.6 7.0
140 42.8 38.9 29.3 21.9 16.5 12.5 10.2 7.1
152 48.5 43.4 31.9 23.3 17.3 12.9 10.4 7.3
165 57.7 50.5 35.6 25.2 18.3 13.5 10.8 7.2
To obtain the annular velocity in meters per min (m/min), multiply the appropriate number from the bit and pipe size combination by the
pump output in cubic meters per min (m3/min).
Formula:
PumpOutput(m 3 / min) ⋅ 1.273 ⋅ 10 6

Annular Velocity (m/min) =
Dh 2 − Dp 2
Where:
Dh = Hole Diameter (mm)
Dp = Pipe Diameter (mm)

Rev. 0 Page 75
STORAGE TANK VOLUMES
Tank Volume, m3/metre (Rectangular Tanks Only)
LENGTH (m)
Width
3.05 3.66 4.27 4.88 5.49 6.10 7.62 9.15 10.67 12.19 13.72 15.24 16.76 18.29 19.81 21.23
(m)
1.83 5.58 6.70 7.81 8.93 10.05 11.16 13.94 16.73 19.53 22.31 25.11 27.89 30.67 33.47 36.25 38.85
2.13 6.50 7.80 9.10 10.39 11.69 12.99 16.23 19.47 22.73 25.96 29.22 32.46 35.70 38.96 42.2 45.22
2.44 7.44 8.93 10.42 11.91 13.40 14.88 18.59 22.30 26.03 29.74 33.48 37.19 40.89 44.63 48.34 51.80
2.74 8.36 10.03 11.70 13.37 15.04 16.71 20.88 25.04 29.24 33.40 37.59 41.76 45.92 50.11 54.28 58.17
3.05 9.30 11.16 13.05 14.88 17.74 18.61 23.24 27.88 32.54 37.18 41.85 46.48 51.12 55.78 60.42 64.75
Tank Volume Formulas:
Capacity, volume and displacement calculations use simple volumetric relationships for rectangles, cylinders, concentric cylinders and other
shapes with the appropriate unit conversion factors.
Tanks on rigs can be a variety of shapes, but most are either rectangular or cylindrical.
Three shapes of tanks are covered here:
1. Rectangular
2. Cylindrical, vertical
3. Cylindrical, horizontal
4. Miscellaneous shapes

Rev. 0 Page 76
1. Volume Rectangular Tank:
Mud tanks are usually rectangular with parallel sides and ends that are perpendicular to the bottom.
For a typical rectangular tank, the capacity can be calculated from the height, width and length.
Where:
Vtank = Tank Capacity
L = Tank Length
W = Tank Width
H = Tank Height L
Formula:
The general equation to calculate the capacity of a rectangular vessel is:
Volume = Length x Width x Height H
This formula is valid for both English and Metric (SI) units.
Therefore, the capacity of a rectangular pit, using meters, is calculated by:
W
Vtank (m3) = L (m) x W (m) x H (m)

Rev. 0 Page 77
2. Volume Vertical Cylindrical Tank:
Cylindrical tanks mounted in a vertical position are normally used for liquid mud and/or dry bulk Barite, Calcium Carbonate or Bentonite
storage.
Where:
VCyl = Capacity of the Cylindrical Tank D
D = Diameter of Cylinder
H = Height of Cylinder
M = Material Level Height
π = 3.1416
If the diameter is not known, measure the tank circumference and divide by π.
Circonference H
D=
π M
Formula:
The general formula to calculate the capacity for a vertical cylinder tank is:
π ⋅ D 2 (m) ⋅ H (m) D 2 (m) ⋅ H (m)

VCyl (m3) = =
4 1.273
The actual mud volume (Vmud) of a vertical cylinder tank is calculated using the
mud/material level height (M) by:
π ⋅ D 2 (m) ⋅ M (m) D 2 (m) ⋅ M (m)

Vmud (m3) = =
4 1.273

Rev. 0 Page 78
3. Volume Horizontal Cylindrical Tank:
Cylindrical tanks mounted in a horizontal position are normally used primarily for storage of diesel fuel, other liquids and/or bulk Barite or
Calcium Carbonate.
The vertical capacity and volume of a horizontal cylindrical tank varies with the horizontal cross-section area, and is not a linear function of
height. Charts and tabular methods are available to calculate the capacity and volume of horizontal cylindrical tanks.
Where: L
VCyl = Capacity of the Cylindrical Tank
D = Diameter of Cylinder
L = Length of Cylinder
M = Mud or Material Height
π = 3.1416
D
Formula:
The general formula to calculate the capacity for a horizontal cylinder tank is:
L  D2  2M  π ⋅D 
2 M
Vcyl = ⋅ (2M − D) ⋅ M ⋅ D − M 2 + ⋅ sen −1  − 1 + 
2  2  D  4 
• The result from sin-1 must be in radians before being added to the other parts of the equation (2π radians = 360°).
• To convert from degrees, divide by 57.3 (= 180 degrees/p radians) to obtain radians.
Volume can be also calculated in a simpler way:
M
Vliq = ⋅Vcyl
D
Where: Vcyl = pr2L r = D/2

Rev. 0 Page 79
4. Miscellaneous shapes:
A. Hollow cylinder:
Hollow cylinders can be the annular volume between casing and drill pipe.
V = p⋅(R2 – r2)⋅H = p⋅(R + r)⋅e⋅H
B. Truncated cone: C. Truncated pyramid:
π ⋅H H
V= ⋅(R2 + r2 + Rr) V= ⋅(B + b + Bb )
3 3
R r e
r b
H
H H
B
R
A B C
Rev. 0 Page 80
BUOYANCY FACTORS
DENSITY GRADIENT BUOYANCY 1480 14.51 0.811

(kg/m3) (kPa/m) FACTOR 1500 14.71 0.809
1000 9.81 0.873 1520 14.91 0.806
1020 10.00 0.869 1540 15.10 0.804
1040 10.20 0.867 1560 15.30 0.801
1060 10.40 0.864 1580 15.50 0.799
1080 10.60 0.862 1600 15.69 0.796
1100 10.80 0.859 1620 15.89 0.794
1120 10.99 0.857 1640 16.08 0.791
1140 11.18 0.854 1660 16.28 0.789
1160 11.38 0.852 1680 16.48 0.786
1180 11.58 0.849 1700 16.67 0.783
1200 11.77 0.847 1720 16.87 0.781
1220 11.97 0.844 1740 17.06 0.778
1240 12.16 0.842 1760 17.26 0.776
1260 12.36 0.839 1780 17.46 0.773
1280 12.55 0.837 1800 17.65 0.771
1300 12.75 0.834 1820 17.85 0.768
1320 12.94 0.832 1840 18.04 0.766
1340 13.14 0.829 1860 18.24 0.763
1360 13.34 0.827 1880 18.44 0.761
1380 13.53 0.824 1900 18.63 0.758
1400 13.73 0.822 1920 18.83 0.755
1420 13.93 0.819 1940 19.03 0.753
1440 14.12 0.817 1960 19.22 0.750
1460 14.32 0.814 1980 19.42 0.748
Actual Hook Load (daN) = Pipe Mass (kg) x Buoyancy Factor

Rev. 0 Page 81
NOTES:

Rev. 0 Page 82
RECOMMENDED SOLIDS CONTENT OF WATER BASE MUD
Approximate range of field mud in good condition

Issue 1: November 2004 Mud Properties
Rev. 0 Page 83
SUGGESTED RANGES OF SUGGESTED RANGES OF
PLASTIC VISCOSITY YIELD POINT
(PV, cP) (YP, lb/100ft2)

Rev. 0 Page 84
INFLUENCE OF CAUSTIC INFLUENCE OF SALT (NaCl)
SODA (NaOH) ON CALCIUM ON CALCIUM SOLUBILITY @
SOLUBILITY @ 20°C 20°C

Rev. 0 Page 85
NOTES:

Rev. 0 Page 86
MOHS’ HARDNESS SCALE HARDNESS OF COMMON OIL
FIELD MATERIALS
Substance Hardness
Talc 1 (softest) Material Chemical Formula Mohs’ Hardness
Gypsum 2 Barite BaSO4 3.0-3.5
Calcite 3 Bentonite 1.0-2.0
Fluorite 4 Calcite CaCO3 3.0
Apatite 5 Dolomite CaMg(CO3)2 3.5-4.0
Orthoclase Feldspar 6 Galena PbS 2.5-2.75
Quartz 7 Graphite C 1.0-2.0
Topaz 8 Halite (Salt) NaCl 2.5
Corundum 9 Hematite Fe2O3 5.0-6.0
Diamond 10 (hardest) Illite 1.0-2.0
Ilmenite FeTiO3 5.0-6.0
Magnesite MgCO3 3.5-4.5
Montmorillonite 1.0-2.0
Pyrite FeS 6.0-6.5
Quartz SiO2 7.0
Siderite FeCO3 4.0-4.5
Smithsonite ZnCO3 4.0-4.5
Sylvite KCl 2.0
Issue 1: November 2004 Chemical & Physical Data

Rev. 0 Page 87
pH RANGES OF COMMON
ACID/BASE INDICATORS
Name pH range Color To Change

Cresol red* 0.4 – 1.8 Red To Yellow
Thymol blue 1.2 – 2.8 Red To Yellow
Metacresol purple* 1.2 – 2.8 Red To Yellow
Bromophenol blue 3.0 – 4.6 Yellow To Blue
Congo red 3.0 – 5.0 Blue To Red
Methyl orange 3.2 – 4.4 Red To Yellow
Bromocresol green 3.8 – 5.4 Yellow To Blue
Ethyl red 4.0 – 5.8 Colorless To Red
Methyl red 4.8 – 6.0 Red To Yellow
Bromocresol purple 5.2 – 6.8 Yellow To Purple
Bromothymol blue 6.0 – 7.6 Yellow To Blue
Phenol red 6.6 – 8.0 Yellow To Red
Neutral red 6.8 – 8.0 Red To Amber
* (Cresol red) 7.0 – 8.8 Yellow To Red
* (Metacresol purple) 7.4 – 9.0 Yellow To Purple
Phenolphthalein 8.2 – 10.0 Colorless To Pink
Thymolphthalein 9.4 – 10.6 Colorless To Blue
Alizarin yellow R 10.1 – 12.0 Yellow To Red
2.4.6 Trinitrotoluene 11.5 – 13.0 Colorless To Orange
1.3.5 Trinitrobenzene 12.0 – 14.0 Colorless To Orange

Rev. 0 Page 88
APPROXIMATE pH OF ACIDS, BASES, AND OIL FIELD
CHEMICALS
Acids pH Bases pH
Acetic. 1N 2.4 Ammonia. 1N 11.6
Acetic. 0.1N 2.9 Ammonia. 0.1N 11.1
Acetic. 0.01N 3.4 Ammonia. 0.01N 10.6
Alum. 0.1N 3.2 Borax (buffer solution) 9.2
Boric. 0.1N 5.2 Calcium carbonate (saturated) 9.4
Carbonic (saturated) 3.8 Calcium hydroxide (saturated) 12.4
Citric. 0.1N 2.2 Ferrous hydroxide (saturated) 9.5
Formic. 0.1N 2.3 Lime (saturated) 12.4
Hydrochloric. 1N 0 Magnesia (saturated) 10.5
Hydrochloric. 0.1N 1.0 Potassium hydroxide. 1N 14.0
Hydrochloric. 0.01N 2.0 Potassium hydroxide. 0.1N 13.0
Hydrogen sulfide. 0.1N 4.1 Potassium hydroxide. 0.01N 12.0
Orthophosphoric. 0.1N 1.5 Sodium bicarbonate. 0.1N 8.4
Oxalic. 0.1N 1.6 Sodium carbonate. 0.1N 11.6
SAPP 4.2 Sodium hydroxide. 1N 14
Sulfuric. 1N 0.3 Sodium hydroxide. 0.1N 13.0
Sulfuric. 0.1N 1.2 Sodium hydroxide. 0.01N 12.0
Sulfuric. 0.01N 2.1
Sulfurous. 0.1N 1.5

Rev. 0 Page 89
CALCULATED EQUILIBRIUM GEOMETRY MODEL
Molecular Mechanics, MMFF
ION VOLUME (Å3) Surface AREA (Å2)

Li+ 7.70 18.86
Zn++ 11.06 24.00
Fe++ 12.93 26.64
Ti++ 13.65 16.74
Na+ 13.91 27.97
Mg++ 14.42 28.65
Ag+ 16.33 31.13
Zr++ 19.61 35.17
Ca++ 20.54 36.27
Cu++ 22.33 38.35
K+ 29.00 45.65
Cl- 32.22 48.97
NH4+ 34.30 53.72
S--2 34.37 51.12
B+++ 35.67 52.40
HCO3- 47.64 68.76
Al+++ 47.71 63.62
CO3-- 56.10 76.25
NO3- 56.89 78.04
N(Me)4+ 118.03 141.35
1Å (Angstrom) = 10-10m
Rev. 0 Page 90
SIEVE MESH-MICRON CORRELATION CHART
MESH ASTM (sieve no.) Micron MESH ASTM (sieve no.) Micron
5 4000 45 355
6 3350 50 300
7 2800 60 250
8 2360 70 212
10 2000 80 180
12 1700 100 150
14 1400 120 125
16 1180 140 106
18 1000 170 90
20 850 200 75
25 710 230 63
30 600 270 53
35 500 325 45
40 425 400 38

Rev. 0 Page 91
COMMON CHEMICAL FORMULAS AND NAMES
COMMON NAME CHEMICAL NAME CHEMICAL FORMULA
Aluminum Stearate Aluminum Stearate Al(C18H3O2)3
Ammonium Bisulfite Ammonium Bisulfite (NH4)HSO3
Anhydrite Calcium Sulfate CaSO4
Barite Barium Sulfate BaSO4
Barium Carbonate Barium Carbonate BaCO3
Bicarbonate (Baking Soda) Sodium Bicarbonate NaHCO3
Borax Sodium Borate Pentahydrate Na2B4O7⋅5H2O
Calcium Carbonate Calcium Carbonate CaCO3
Calcium Chloride Calcium Chloride CaCl2
Caustic Potash Potassium Hydroxide KOH
Caustic Soda Sodium Hydroxide NaOH
DAP Diammonium Phosphate (NH4)2HPO4
Dolomite Calcium Magnesium Carbonate CaMg(CO3)2
Galena Lead Sulfide PbS
Gypsum Calcium Sulfate CaSO4⋅2H20
H2S Hydrogen Sulfide H2S
Hematite Ferric Oxide Fe2O3
Hot or Quick Lime Calcium Oxide CaO
Ironite Sponge Iron Oxide Fe2O4
Lime Calcium Hydroxide Ca(OH)2
Limestone Calcium Carbonate CaCO3
Potash Potassium Chloride KCl
Potassium Sulfate Potassium Sulfate K2SO4
Salt Sodium Chloride NaCl
SAPP Sodium Acid Pyrophosphate Na2H2P2O7
Silica Silicon Dioxide SiO2
Soda Ash Sodium Carbonate Na2CO3
Sodium Sulfite Sodium Sulfite Na2SO3
Zinc Carbonate Zinc Carbonate ZnCO3

Rev. 0 Page 92
COMMON DRILLING MUD COMMON DRILLING MUD
CATIONS (+ ions) ANIONS (- ions)
ION NAME SYMBOL OXIDATION STATE ION NAME SYMBOL OXIDATION STATE
Aluminum Al +3 Bicarbonate HCO3 -1
Ammonium NH4 +1 Bisulfate HSO4 -1
Barium Ba +2 Bisulfide HS -1
Calcium Ca +2 Bisulfite HSO3 -1
Carbon C +4 Bromate BrO3 -1
Cesium Cs +1 Bromide Br -1
Chromium (Chromate) Cr +6 Carbonate CO3 -2
Chromium (Chromic) Cr +3 Chloride Cl -1
Chromium (Chromus) Cr +2 Chromate CrO4 -2
Copper (Cuprium) Cu +2 Dichromate Cr2O7 -2
Hydrogen H +1 Fluoride F -1
Iron (Ferric) Fe +3 Hydroxide OH -1
Iron (Ferrous) Fe +2 Hypochlorite ClO -1
Lead (Plumbic) Pb +4 Nitrate NO3 -1
Lead (Plumbus) Pb +2 Nitrite NO2 -1
Magnesium Mg +2 Perchlorate ClO4 -1
Manganese Mn +2 Phosphate PO4 -3
Nickel Ni +2 Sulfate SO4 -2
Phosphorus P +5 Sulfide S -2
Potassium K +1 Sulfite SO3 -2
Silicon Si +4
Silver Ag +1
Sodium Na +1
Zinc Zn +2

Rev. 0 Page 93
SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF COMMON MATERIALS
MATERIAL SPECIFIC GRAVITY MATERIAL SPECIFIC GRAVITY

Barite 4.2-4.3 Ironite Sponge 4.9-5.3
Bentonite 2.3-2.4 Lead 11.3
Blacknight 1.08 Lignite 1.5
Calcium Carbonate 2.7 Lime (Hydrated) 2.34
Calcium Chloride (94%) 2.2 Lime (Hot or Quick Lime) 3.2-3.4
Calcium Chloride (Flake) 1.85 Limestone 2.4-2.7
Calcium Lignosulfonate 1.53 Marble 2.5-2.9
Calcium Oxide (Hot Lime) 3.4 Potassium Chloride 1.99
Calcium Sulfate 2.96 Pyrite 5.02
Caustic Potash 2.044 Quartz 2.65
Cement 3.0-3.3 Salt 2.165
Citric Acid 1.665 Salt Gel 2.55
Clays (Drilled Solids) 2.5-2.7 Sand 2.4-2.8
CMC 1.59 SAPP 1.862
Diesel Fuel 0.84 Sea Water 1.05
Dolomite 2.8-3.0 Soda Ash 2.53
Feldspar 2.4-2.7 Sodium Bicarbonate 2.16
Fresh Water 1.0 Sodium Sulfite 2.63
Galena 6.5-6.7 Starch 1.5
Gypsum 2.3-2.4 Steel 7.8
HEC 1.38-1.40 Walnut shells 1.3
Hematite 5.26 Zinc Carbonate 4.4
Iron 7.8

Rev. 0 Page 94
CEMENT
1. Cement data
Specific gravity of cement: 3.15 g/cm3

Bulk (apparent) density: 1.5 g/cm3
Volume occupied by 1 kg of cement: 0.3175 litres
2. Cement classes
See also API 10 specifications.
Class Application
A Use from 0 to 1830 m (6000 ft) when no special properties are required
B Use from 0 to 1830 m (6000 ft) when moderate to high sulfate-resistance is required
C Use from 0 to 1830 m (6000 ft) when high strength is required
D Use from 1830 m (6000 ft) to 3050 m (10000 ft) when moderate to high temperatures and pressure are encountered
E Use from 3050 m (10000 ft) to 4270 m (14000 ft) when high temperatures and pressure are encountered
F Use from 3050 m (10000 ft) to 4880 m (16000 ft) when extremely high temperatures and pressure are encountered
G Use from 0 to 2440 m (8000 ft) as basic cement or in conjunctions with accelerators or retarders to cover a wide range of depths
and temperatures
H Use from 0 to 2440 m (8000 ft) as basic cement or in conjunctions with accelerators or retarders to cover a wide range of depths
and temperatures
Issue 1: November 2004 Cement Data

Rev. 0 Page 95
FRESH-WATER CEMENT SLURRIES
Slurry density = (cement mass + water mass) / (cement volume + water volume)
Cement class Water volume (liters) for 100 kg of cement Specific gravity
A 46 1.88
B 46 1.88
C 56 1.78
D 38 1.98
E 38 1.98
F 38 1.98
G 44 1.90
H 38 1.98

Rev. 0 Page 96
SALT-WATER CEMENT SLURRIES
Slurry density = (cement mass + brine mass) / (cement volume + brine volume)
Brine and final slurry volumes for 100 kg of cement
Specific Brine volume Slurry volume Specific Brine volume Slurry volumes
gravity (liters) (liters) gravity (liters) (liters)
1.80 71.4 103.2 1.99 46.6 78.4
1.81 69.7 101.5 2.00 45.6 77.4
1.82 68.1 99.8 2.01 44.7 76.4
1.83 66.5 98.3 2.02 43.7 75.5
1.84 65.0 96.7 2.03 42.8 74.6
1.85 63.5 95.2 2.04 42.0 73.7
1.86 62.0 93.8 2.05 41.1 72.8
1.87 60.6 92.4 2.06 40.2 72.0
1.88 59.3 91.0 2.07 39.4 71.2
1.89 58.0 89.7 2.08 38.6 70.3
1.90 56.7 88.4 2.09 37.8 69.6
1.91 55.4 87.2 2.10 37.0 68.8
1.92 54.2 86.0 2.11 36.3 68.0
1.93 53.1 84.8 2.12 35.5 67.3
1.94 51.9 83.7 2.13 34.8 66.6
1.95 50.8 82.5 2.14 34.1 65.0
1.96 49.7 81.5 2.15 33.4 65.2
1.97 48.6 80.4 2.16 32.7 64.5
1.98 47.6 79.4
Based on a saturated NaCl brine (315 g/L @ d = 1.20 sg)

Rev. 0 Page 97
Quantities for preparation of 1 m3 of saturated salt-water cement slurry.
Specific Cement Brine volume Specific Cement Brine volume

gravity (kg) (liters) gravity (kg) (liters)
1.75 888 718 1.96 1228 610
1.76 905 713 1.97 1244 605
1.77 921 708 1.98 1260 600
1.78 937 703 1.99 1276 595
1.79 953 697 2.00 1292 590
1.80 969 692 2.01 1308 585
1.81 985 687 2.02 1325 579
1.82 1002 682 2.03 1341 574
1.83 1018 677 2.04 1357 569
1.84 1034 672 2.05 1373 564
1.85 1050 667 2.06 1389 559
1.86 1066 662 2.07 1405 554
1.87 1082 656 2.08 1422 549
1.88 1098 651 2.09 1438 544
1.89 1115 646 2.10 1454 538
1.90 1131 641 2.11 1470 533
1.91 1147 636 2.12 1486 528
1.92 1163 631 2.13 1502 523
1.93 1179 626 2.14 1518 518
1.94 1195 621 2.15 1535 513
1.95 1212 615 2.16 1551 508
Based on a saturated NaCl brine (315 g/L @ d = 1.20 sg)

Rev. 0 Page 98
BENTONITE CEMENT SLURRIES
1. Preparation
Bentonite cement slurry can be prepared adding:

a) Dry bentonite to cement in proportions ranging between 1 and 20% to have final density between 1.42 and 1.85 s.g
b) Prehydrated bentonite to cement in proportions ranging between 0.25 and 5% to have final density between 1.39 and 1.84 s.g
Slurry density = (cement mass + water mass + bentonite mass) / (cement volume + water volume + bentonite volume)
Composition of Prehydrated Bentonite slurries using Class G cement
Specific Bentonite Water volume

gravity (%) (litres)
1.901 0.00 44.0
1.843 0.25 49.3
1.792 0.50 54.6
1.748 0.75 59.9
1.708 1.00 65.2
1.672 1.25 70.5
1.640 1.50 75.8
1.611 1.75 81.1
1.585 2.00 86.4
1.560 2.25 91.7
1.538 2.50 97.0
1.518 2.75 102.3
1.499 3.00 107.6
1.482 3.25 112.9
1.466 3.50 118.2
1.451 3.75 123.5
1.437 4.00 128.8
Rev. 0 Page 99
Composition of Dry Bentonite slurries using Class G cement
Specific Bentonite Water volume

gravity (%) (liters)
1.901 0 44.0
1.846 1 49.3
1.798 2 54.6
1.756 3 59.9
1.719 4 65.2
1.685 5 70.5
1.656 6 75.8
1.629 7 81.1
1.604 8 86.4
1.582 9 91.7
1.562 10 97.0
1.543 11 102.3
1.526 12 107.6
1.511 13 112.9
1.496 14 118.2
1.482 15 123.5
1.470 16 128.8
1.458 17 134.1
1.447 18 139.4
1.436 19 144.7
1.426 20 150.0

Rev. 0 Page 100
Quantities for preparation of 1 m3 of bentonite cement slurry (with Class G cement and prehydrated bentonite)
Specific gravity Bentonite (%) Cement (kg) Bentonite (kg) Water volume (liters)
1.901 0.00 1320 0.00 581
1.843 0.25 1232 3.08 608
1.792 0.50 1156 5.78 631
1.748 0.75 1088 8.16 652
1.708 1.00 1028 10.28 670
1.672 1.25 974 12.17 686
1.640 1.50 925 13.87 701
1.611 1.75 881 15.42 714
1.585 2.00 841 16.82 727
1.560 2.25 805 18.10 738
1.538 2.50 771 19.28 748
1.518 2.75 740 20.36 757
1.499 3.00 712 21.36 766
1.482 3.25 686 22.28 774
1.466 3.50 661 23.14 781
1.451 3.75 638 23.94 788
1.437 4.00 617 24.68 795

Rev. 0 Page 101
Quantities for preparation of 1 m3 of bentonite cement slurry (with Class G cement and dry bentonite)
Specific gravity Bentonite (%) Cement (kg) Bentonite (kg) Water volume (liters)
1.901 0 1320 0.00 581
1.846 1 1228 12.28 605
1.798 2 1148 22.96 627
1.756 3 1078 32.34 646
1.719 4 1016 40.63 662
1.685 5 960 48.02 677
1.656 6 911 54.64 690
1.629 7 866 60.61 702
1.604 8 825 66.03 713
1.582 9 788 70.95 723
1.562 10 755 75.46 732
1.543 11 724 79.60 740
1.526 12 695 83.41 748
1.511 13 669 86.93 755
1.496 14 644 90.19 761
1.482 15 621 93.22 768
1.470 16 600 96.05 773
1.458 17 581 98.69 778
1.447 18 562 101.16 783
1.436 19 545 103.48 788
1.426 20 528 105.66 792

Rev. 0 Page 102
EFFECTS OF SOME ADDITIVES ON CEMENT PROPERTIES
Diatomaceous Earth
Lignosulfonate
Bentonite
Hematite
Pozzolan
CMHEC
Barite
CaCl2
NaCl
Sand
Property
Density ↓ ↓ ↓ ↑ ↑ ↑
Viscosity ↓
Thickening time ↑ ↑ ↓ ↓
Setting time ↑ ↑ ↓ ↓
Duration ↑
Water loss ↓
Early strength ↑ ↑ ↓ ↓
Final strength ↓

Rev. 0 Page 103

Ava Engineering Field Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ava Engineering Field Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ava Engineering Field Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ava Drilling Fluids & Services

Issue 1: November 2004 Page 1

1. WATER BASED FLUIDS

2. OIL BASED FLUIDS

Issue 1: November 2004 Table of Contents

4. AVA FLUID SYSTEMS

Issue 1: November 2004 Table of Contents

WATER BASED FLUIDS

Issue 1: November 2004 WBM Analysis

1. Using a 1 ml pipette, measure 1 ml of filtrate into a titration vessel.

Issue 1: November 2004 WBM Analysis

Bicarbonate Carbonate Hydroxyl

Issue 1: November 2004 WBM Analysis

Pf = 0.0: no carbonates present.

Issue 1: November 2004 WBM Analysis

1. Be sure the gas train is clean, dry and on a level surface.

Dräger Tube Identification

Issue 1: November 2004 WBM Analysis

Carbonates (mg/L) L = tube stain length VS = ml of sample

Care and Cleaning:

Issue 1: November 2004 WBM Analysis

Test is based on a colorimetric reaction.

(NH4)2SO4 (kg/m3) = 19⋅N

Ammonium sulphate, (NH4)2SO4

Issue 1: November 2004 WBM Analysis

Clay CEC (meq/100g)

Issue 1: November 2004 WBM Analysis

VT = ml of methylene blue solution

Figure 1: MBT test after several methylene blue additions.

Dyed mud solids

Issue 1: November 2004 WBM Analysis

g/L Cl- = VT⋅3.545 g/L NaCl = VT⋅5.845 (a)

g/L Cl- = VT⋅35.45 g/L NaCl = VT⋅58.45 (b)

g/L Cl- = VT g/L NaCl = VT⋅1.65 (c)

g/L Cl- = VT⋅10 g/L NaCl = VT⋅16.5 (d)

VT = ml of Silver Nitrate: (a) = 0.1N (b) = 1.0N

Issue 1: November 2004 WBM Analysis

A. Water, Oil and Solids

100 ⋅Vo 100 ⋅VW

%O = Volume % oil Vo = ml oil

Issue 1: November 2004 WBM Analysis

VSS = Volume percent of suspended solids Cl = chlorides (mg/L)

B. Average density, HGS and LGS

Average density of solids is calculated:

MW ⋅100 − (%W + %O)

dA = average solids density (g/cm3) MW = mud weight (g/cm3)

Percentage of HGS and LGS can be calculated as follows:

HGS = Volume % of high gravity solids

Issue 1: November 2004 WBM Analysis

Handling and Instrument Care:

Issue 1: November 2004 WBM Analysis

Filtration tests are conducted under two different conditions.

A. API Filtration Test Instruments:

The instrument is assembled in the following order:

Issue 1: November 2004 WBM Analysis

C. Model MB Filter Press

Standard API Test Procedure:

Issue 1: November 2004 WBM Analysis

B. FANN, OFI Instruments

High Temperature, High Pressure Filtration Test Procedure: